WO2021160140A1 - Network coding method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Network coding method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021160140A1
WO2021160140A1 PCT/CN2021/076399 CN2021076399W WO2021160140A1 WO 2021160140 A1 WO2021160140 A1 WO 2021160140A1 CN 2021076399 W CN2021076399 W CN 2021076399W WO 2021160140 A1 WO2021160140 A1 WO 2021160140A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
donor
iab node
iab
network coding
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/076399
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘菁
戴明增
朱元萍
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021160140A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021160140A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0009Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0041Arrangements at the transmitter end
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0045Arrangements at the receiver end
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0056Systems characterized by the type of code used
    • H04L1/0057Block codes

Definitions

  • This application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a network coding method, communication device, and system that can be applied to an IAB communication network.
  • next-generation communication system puts forward more stringent requirements for various performance indicators of the communication network. For example, network capacity indicators need to be increased by 1000 times, wider coverage requirements, ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency, and so on. Therefore, the Integrated Access And Backhaul (IAB) network technology has been introduced.
  • IAB Integrated Access And Backhaul
  • a relay node In an IAB network, a relay node (Relay Node, RN), or also called an IAB node (IAB node), can provide wireless access and wireless backhaul (BH) services for user equipment. Specifically, the service data of the user equipment is connected to the IAB Donor (IAB Donor) by the IAB node through a wireless backhaul link.
  • the IAB Donor node may also be called a Donor IAB (Donor IAB) node or an IAB Donor base station.
  • the IAB donor base station In the next-generation New Radio (NR) communication system, the IAB donor base station can be the donor next-generation base station (Donor gNodeB, DgNB).
  • the IAB donor base station may be a donor evolved base station (Donor eNodeB, DeNB), and the IAB donor node may also be referred to as gNB, eNB or IAB Donor for short.
  • Donor eNodeB DeNB
  • gNB gNodeB
  • eNB IAB Donor for short.
  • network coding functions in communication networks such as Random Line Network Coding (RLNC) and fountain codes
  • RLNC Random Line Network Coding
  • fountain codes generally include: after the sender sends encoded data packets to the receiver, the sender does not need to wait The feedback information of the receiving end, after receiving enough encoded packets, the receiving end can decode and restore the original data.
  • RLNC Random Line Network Coding
  • fountain codes Take the fountain code mechanism as an example.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network coding mechanism, in which the sender takes a group of data to be transmitted as an object, and divides the object to obtain z blocks (Block), the size of each block can be the same in the case of equal division, and then each block is divided to obtain k symbols (Symbol), in the case of equal division, the size of each symbol The size can be the same, and the k symbols are network-encoded to obtain encoded data packets.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a data packet structure after network encoding.
  • each encoded data packet sent by the sender can also carry the following information:
  • SBN Block Number
  • Symbol ID corresponding to the encoded data packet
  • the length of the Symbol number can be It is 24 bits.
  • the sending end usually needs to send some control information related to data encoding to the receiving end, as shown in Figure 3, which is a schematic diagram of control information used for network encoding.
  • the control information includes: Transfer Length (used to indicate the length of the Object, in bytes, such as 40 bits), Symbol Size (used to indicate the length of the Symbol, in bytes), Z (used to indicate the length of the Object The number of blocks contained in the block), N (used to indicate the number of sub-blocks contained in the block), AI (used to indicate the alignment parameters between symbols), and reserved bits (for example, 8 bits) .
  • the intermediate node on the path does not simply forward the received coded data packet, but re-encodes the received coded data packet. Send (that is: the received encoded data packet does not need to be decoded directly before network encoding).
  • the above-mentioned network coding function is mainly applied to data transmission on the user plane, that is, in a multi-path scenario, if a link is blocked (blockage), the receiving end only needs to receive enough encoded data packets from the other path.
  • the original data can be decoded and recovered, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing data transmission delay.
  • the current network coding function is mainly applied in the application layer of the network, for example, in an application server in a communication network.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and system for applying network coding functions in an IAB network, so as to improve the reliability of data transmission in the IAB system. In addition, it can also prevent the receiving end from responding to the same data transmitted on different paths.
  • the data carried by the UE performs a reordering operation, which can reduce the data transmission delay.
  • a network coding method is provided. From the perspective of the following transmission, the method is applied to access to the backhaul integrated IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes the IAB host node IAB Donor and the access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor includes The donor distributed unit Donor DU and the donor centralized unit Donor CU, the method includes: the Donor DU performs a network encoding operation on the user equipment data from the Donor CU to generate an encoded data packet, and the Donor DU sends the encoded data packet Give the access to the IAB node.
  • the network coding function is introduced into the IAB network.
  • the network coding operation is performed on the user equipment (UE) data from the Donor CU in the Donor DU to generate coded data packets, and then the Donor The DU sends the generated coded data packets to the access IAB node through different transmission paths, then the IAB access node can decode it as long as it can receive enough coded data packets from the Donor DU from one transmission path. And restore the original data of the user equipment, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • it can also avoid the IAB access node from performing reordering operations on the data carried by the same UE transmitted on different transmission paths, thereby reducing data transmission. Time delay.
  • the network code involved in the embodiment of the application may be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information is used to perform the network coding operation.
  • the Donor CU sends configuration information to the Dornor DU so that the Donor DU can obtain the configuration information required for network coding operations.
  • the Donor CU sends the configuration information to the Dornor DU, which also means to indicate at the same time Donor DU's network coding operation function is activated.
  • the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU receives first indication information from the Donor CU, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that The network coding operation is performed on the Donor DU.
  • the first indication information may also be used to deactivate or deactivate the network coding function of the Donor DU.
  • the Donor CU sends instructions to activate or deactivate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that the activation and deactivation of the network coding operation function of the Donor DU can be controlled by the Donor CU.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU receives second indication information from the Donor CU, and the second indication information may be used to indicate that the coded data packets generated by the Donor DU are in different The transmission ratio of the transmission path.
  • the second indication information may include: the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2, where the transmission path 1 or the transmission path 2 is a different transmission link between the Donor DU and the access IAB node.
  • the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node and the access IAB node
  • the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB node and the access IAB node.
  • the Donor CU can instruct the Donor DU to transmit the network coded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links when transmitting data in the downlink direction, so as to more effectively realize the load balance between the different links. Or it is beneficial to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU determines the transmission ratio of the coded data packet in the transmission path 1 according to the transmission condition of the downlink transmission path, and/or, the coded data packet is in the transmission path The transmission ratio of 2; where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB node and the access IAB node .
  • the Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links according to the transmission conditions of the downlink transmission path, so as to achieve load balance between different links more effectively, or to facilitate It is actually necessary to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links.
  • the Donor DU receives the transmission status of the downlink transmission path sent by the Donor CU, and the transmission status of the downlink transmission path includes: any of the following information of the transmission path 1 One or more types: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer.
  • the Donor CU can notify the Donor DU of the downlink transmission status of the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission path 2.
  • Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the downlink transmission path, and/or the encoded data packet Transmission ratio in transmission path 2.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU receives second configuration information from the Donor CU, the second configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information, and the quality of service The information corresponds to at least one piece of path information, and the at least one piece of path information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2.
  • the service quality information may be service quality information corresponding to service data of one or more user equipments.
  • the quality of service information includes: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label;
  • the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and/or a route Identifies the Routing ID.
  • the network coding operation is performed before the Donor DU performs the Backhaul Adaptation Protocol (BAP) layer adding operation.
  • BAP Backhaul Adaptation Protocol
  • the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or when the Donor DU protocol stack is designed, the BAP layer and the Internet Protocol (Internet Protocol, A new protocol layer is introduced between IP) layers to implement network coding operations.
  • the first aspect of this application above mainly describes downlink transmission from the perspective of Donor DU, and the second aspect of this application is mainly discussed from the perspective of Donor CU. It is understandable that the above first aspect and second aspect can be the same technical solution. From different angles of description, it can be understood in combination with each other, the above first aspect and second aspect can also be used separately for the description of the technical solution. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so we will not repeat them one by one in the following.
  • the second aspect of this application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to access backhaul integrated IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor, and the host node includes a host centralized unit Donor CU and a host distributed unit Donor DU, the method includes: the Donor CU sends first configuration information to the Donor DU, the first configuration information is used to configure the Donor DU to perform a network encoding operation on the data of the user equipment, to generate an encoded data packet and the encoded data The packet is sent to the access IAB node in the IAB network.
  • the Donor CU sends configuration information to the Dornor DU, so that the Donor DU can obtain the configuration information required for the network coding operation.
  • the Donor CU sends the configuration information to the Dornor DU, which also means that the network coding operation function of the Donor DU is also activated.
  • the IAB access node in the IAB network can decode and recover the original data as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the Donor DU from one path, thereby improving Reliability of data transmission and reduction of data transmission delay.
  • the network code involved may be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
  • the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends first indication information to the Donor DU, and the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU to facilitate the The Donor DU performs the network coding operation, or the first indication information is used to deactivate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends second indication information to the Donor DU, the second indication information includes the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or , The transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node and the access IAB node; the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB The node and the access IAB node.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends second configuration information to the Donor DU, the second configuration information includes service quality information and at least one path information, the service quality information and Corresponding to the at least one path information, the at least one path information includes: the information of the transmission path 1 and/or the information of the transmission path 2.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU receives downlink data delivery status (Downlink Data Delivery Status, DDDS) information from the access IAB node, and the DDDS information includes path information and Any one or more of the following information corresponding to the path information: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size.
  • DDDS Downlink Data Delivery Status
  • Donor CU can learn the data transmission status of each downlink transmission path, such as: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size, etc. one or more kinds of information.
  • a technical effect brought by this is: Subsequent Donor CU can indicate the reasonable transmission ratio of data on each downlink transmission path according to the data transmission situation of each downlink transmission path.
  • the quality of service information includes: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label;
  • the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and/or a route Identifies the Routing ID.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends the first configuration information to the access IAB node.
  • the access IAB node as the receiving end of the encoded data packet can obtain the configuration information required by the network encoding operation function, so that the received encoded data packet can be decoded and the original data can be restored.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends third indication information to the access IAB node, and the third indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node , So that the access IAB node decodes the received network code packet.
  • the first aspect of this application above mainly describes the downlink transmission from the perspective of Donor DU.
  • the second aspect of this application mainly describes the downlink transmission from the perspective of Donor CU.
  • the following third aspect of this application mainly describes the embodiments of this application from the perspective of accessing IAB nodes.
  • the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect of the present application may be the same technical solution described from different angles, which can be understood in combination with each other, or may be used separately for the description of the technical solution. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so they will not be repeated hereafter.
  • the third aspect of this application provides a network coding method, which is applied to a wireless access backhaul integrated IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor includes a host distributed unit Donor DU and donor centralized unit Donor CU, the method includes: the access IAB node receives the coded data packet generated after the Donor DU performs the network coding operation on the user equipment; the access IAB node responds to the received The encoded data packet performs a decoding operation to recover the data of the user equipment.
  • the network coding operation is introduced in the IAB network.
  • the network coding operation is performed on the data of the user equipment in the Donor DU to generate coded data packets, and then the Donor DU passes the generated coded data packets through different paths Sent to the access IAB node, then the access IAB node can decode and recover the original data as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the Donor DU from one path, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission
  • the network code involved can be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information is used to indicate parameters related to network coding operations, so that The access IAB node performs a decoding operation on the received encoded data packet.
  • the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node sends downlink data transmission status DDDS information to the Donor CU, where the DDDS information includes path information and any of the following corresponding to the path information One or more kinds of information: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size.
  • the path information includes: Path ID, and/or Routing ID.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives third indication information from the Donor CU, the third indication information is used to activate the network coding of the access IAB node Function to facilitate the access IAB node to decode the received encoded data packet.
  • the fourth aspect of this application provides a network coding method from the perspective of upstream transmission.
  • This method is applied to access to an integrated backhaul IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes access to the IAB node and the IAB host node IAB Donor, the IAB Donor Including the host distributed unit Donor DU and the centralized unit Donor CU, the method includes: the access IAB node performs a network coding operation on the data of the user equipment UE to generate a coded data packet; the access IAB node passes the coded data packet The Donor DU is sent to the Donor CU.
  • the network coding function is introduced into the IAB network, and the network coding operation is performed on the data of the user equipment at the access IAB node to generate coded data packets, and then pass the generated coded data packets through Donor DU Sent to Donor CU, Donor DU or Donor CU can decode and recover the original data of the user equipment as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the access IAB node from one path.
  • the Donor DU can recover the original data (for example, the PDCP PDU of the UE) through decoding, and then send the original data of the UE to the CU for subsequent processing, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing the data transmission delay.
  • the network codes involved may be RLNC codes, fountain codes, or other codes, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information is used to perform the network coding operation.
  • the Donor CU sends configuration information to the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node obtains the configuration information required for the network coding operation.
  • the Donor CU sending the configuration information to the access IAB node also means that it also indicates that the network coding operation function of the access IAB node is activated.
  • the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives first indication information from the Donor CU, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding of the access IAB node Operation function to facilitate the access IAB node to perform the network coding operation.
  • the first indication information may also be used to deactivate or deactivate the network coding function of the access IAB node.
  • the Donor CU sends an instruction to activate or deactivate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node, so that the activation and deactivation of the network coding operation function of the access IAB node can be controlled by the Donor CU.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives second indication information from the Donor CU, the second indication information includes: transmission of an encoded data packet on transmission path 1 The ratio, and/or, the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the connection Enter the IAB node, the second IAB node and the Donor DU.
  • Donor CU can instruct the access IAB node to transmit data in the uplink direction, and the transmission ratio of the network coded data packet generated by the access IAB node on different links, so as to more effectively realize the transmission between different links. Load balance, or it is helpful to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node determines the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in the transmission path 1 according to the transmission situation of the uplink transmission path, and/or the encoded data packet is The transmission ratio of transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node, and the Donor DU.
  • the access IAB node can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the access IAB node on different links according to the transmission situation of the uplink transmission path, so as to more effectively realize the load balance between the different links. Or it is beneficial to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives the transmission status of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU, and the transmission status of the uplink transmission path includes: the transmission status of the transmission path 1 Any one or more of the following information: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, Transmission data rate, transmission data volume and receiving buffer size.
  • the Donor CU can notify the access IAB node of the uplink transmission status of the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission path 2.
  • the access IAB node can determine the transmission ratio of coded data packets on transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the uplink transmission path, and/or the coded data The transmission ratio of the packet in transmission path 2.
  • the method includes: the access IAB node receives second configuration information from the Donor CU, where the second configuration information includes a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel Information and at least one path information, the GTP tunnel information corresponds to at least one path information, and the at least one path information includes: path information of the transmission path 1, and/or path information of the transmission path 2, where the GTP tunnel is established
  • GTP General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol
  • the access IAB node and the Donor CU correspond to a bearer of the user equipment.
  • the access IAB node can generate the data to be transmitted after the network encoding operation according to the corresponding relationship between the service quality information of the data to be transmitted and the path information.
  • the encoded data packet is transmitted upstream through transmission path 1, and/or transmission path 2.
  • the access IAB node can send the uplink data mapped to the GTP tunnel through the corresponding path according to the corresponding relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, that is, there is A GTP tunnel, the GTP tunnel corresponds to two or more transmission paths, in this scenario, the distribution ratio is configured according to the per path.
  • the GTP tunnel information includes: IP address, and/or GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID); the path information includes: Path ID, and/or Or, Routing ID.
  • TEID GTP tunnel endpoint identifier
  • the access IAB node may determine the transmission offload ratio of the uplink transmission link according to the link quality of the downlink transmission link, for example, access IAB The node can determine the link quality of different links according to DDDS to determine the split ratio.
  • the access IAB node can determine the offload ratio of uplink transmission according to the reception of downlink data on different paths. For example, for downlink transmission, the access IAB node receives 30 codes per second on transmission path 1. Data packets, 50 encoded data packets are received per second on transmission path 2, indicating that the link quality of path 2 is better than that of path 1, and more data can be transmitted. Then the access IAB node can be based on this information To determine the transmission split ratio of the uplink transmission link, for example, it is determined that 40% of the uplink data is transmitted on the transmission path 1, and 60% of the uplink data is transmitted on the transmission path 2.
  • the network coding operation is performed before the access IAB node performs the BAP adding operation. That is to say, when designing the protocol stack of the IAB access node, the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or, when designing the protocol stack of the access IAB node, between the BAP layer and the IP layer A new protocol layer is introduced to implement network coding operations.
  • the fourth aspect of this application above mainly describes uplink transmission from the perspective of accessing IAB nodes.
  • the fifth aspect of this application below mainly discusses uplink transmission from the perspective of Donor CU. It is understandable that the above fourth and fifth aspects Aspects can be descriptions of the same technical solution from different angles, and can be understood in combination with each other. The above fourth and fifth aspects can also be used separately for the description of technical solutions. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so they may not be repeated one by one in the following.
  • the fifth aspect of this application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to access backhaul integrated IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor includes a donor centralized unit Donor.
  • CU and the host distributed unit Donor DU the method includes: the Donor CU sends first configuration information to the access IAB node, and the first configuration information is used for the access IAB node to perform network coding operations on user equipment data, To generate an encoded data packet and send the encoded data packet to the Donor CU through the Donor DU.
  • the Donor CU sends configuration information to the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can obtain the configuration information required for the network coding operation.
  • the Donor CU sending the configuration information to the access IAB node also means that it also indicates that the network coding operation function of the access IAB node is activated.
  • the Donor DU or Donor CU in the IAB network can decode and recover the user equipment as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the access IAB node from one path
  • the network code involved can be RLNC code, fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application. .
  • the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends first indication information to the access IAB node, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node , So that the access IAB node performs the network coding operation, or the first indication information is used to deactivate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU sends second indication information to the access IAB node, the second indication information includes the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and /Or, the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in the transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node , The second IAB node and the Donor DU.
  • the method may include: the Donor CU sends uplink data transmission status information to the access IAB node, and the uplink data transmission status information includes: the following information of transmission path 1 Any one or more of: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, The amount of transmitted data and the size of the receiving buffer; where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node And the Donor DU.
  • the method includes: the Donor CU receives the uplink data transmission status information sent from the Donor DU.
  • the method may include: the Donor CU sends the first configuration information to the Donor DU.
  • the Donor DU as the receiving end of the encoded data packet can obtain the configuration information required by the network encoding operation function, so that the received encoded data packet can be decoded and the original data can be recovered.
  • the method may include: the Donor CU sends third indication information to the Donor DU, and the third indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU to facilitate The Donor DU decodes the received network code packet.
  • the above fourth aspect of the present application mainly describes the uplink transmission from the perspective of accessing the IAB node.
  • the fifth aspect of this application mainly describes uplink transmission from the perspective of Donor CU.
  • the sixth aspect of this application below mainly describes the embodiments of this application from the perspective of Donor DU.
  • the six aspects can be descriptions of the same technical solution from different angles, which can be understood in combination with each other, and can also be used separately for the description of the technical solution. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so they may not be repeated one by one in the following.
  • the sixth aspect of this application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to a wireless access backhaul integrated IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor includes a host distributed unit Donor DU, the method includes: the Donor DU receives an encoded data packet generated after the access IAB node performs a network encoding operation on the user equipment data; the Donor DU decodes the received encoded data packet, and restores the User device data.
  • the network coding operation is introduced into the IAB network.
  • the network coding operation is performed on the data of the user equipment at the access IAB node to generate coded data packets, and then the access IAB node will generate the
  • the encoded data packet is sent to the Donor DU, then the Donor DU can decode and recover the original data of the user equipment as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the access IAB node from one path.
  • the network code involved may be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the host node further includes a centralized unit Donor CU, and the method includes: the Donor DU receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, and the first configuration information is used for Indicate the parameters related to the network encoding operation, so that the Donor DU can decode the received encoded data packet.
  • the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU sends uplink data transmission status information to the Donor CU, and the uplink data transmission status information includes: any of the following information of transmission path 1 One or more types: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume And the size of the receiving buffer; where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node and the Donor DU.
  • the method includes: the Donor DU receives third indication information from the Donor CU, and the third indication information is used to activate the network coding function of the Donor DU to facilitate The Donor DU performs a decoding operation on the received encoded data packet.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
  • a communication device in an eighth aspect, includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect.
  • the unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
  • a communication device in a tenth aspect, includes a unit for executing each operation/step in the above fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • the unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
  • a communication device in an eleventh aspect, includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect.
  • the unit can be a hardware circuit or software, Either a hardware circuit combined with software is implemented, or a processor executes program instructions.
  • a communication device in a twelfth aspect, includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, Either a hardware circuit combined with software is implemented, or a processor executes program instructions.
  • a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication
  • the apparatus executes the above first aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • a communication device in a fourteenth aspect, includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication
  • the device executes the above second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • a communication device in a fifteenth aspect, includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication
  • the device executes the above third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • a communication device in a sixteenth aspect, includes at least one processor coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication
  • the device executes the above fourth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fourth aspect.
  • a communication device in a seventeenth aspect, includes at least one processor coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication
  • the device executes the above fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect.
  • a communication device in an eighteenth aspect, includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication
  • the device executes the above sixth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • an IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the seventh aspect, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the twelfth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the foregoing The communication device provided by the thirteenth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided by the eighteenth aspect.
  • an IAB Donor CU is provided, the IAB Donor CU includes the communication device provided in the eighth aspect, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the eleventh aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the foregoing The communication device provided in the fourteenth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the seventeenth aspect.
  • an access IAB node is provided, the access IAB node includes the communication device provided in the ninth aspect, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the tenth aspect, or the access IAB The node includes the communication device provided by the fifteenth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided by the sixteenth aspect.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, the computer program is used to execute the first aspect to the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof. Methods.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed, it is used to execute the first aspect to the sixth aspect and any possibilities thereof. The method in the implementation.
  • a communication system includes one or more of the aforementioned IAB Donor DU, IAB Donor CU, and access IAB nodes.
  • a chip in a twenty-first aspect, includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes the first to sixth aspects and any possibilities thereof The method in the implementation.
  • the Donor DU performs network coding operations on the data from the user equipment of the Donor CU to generate an encoded data packet, and then the Donor DU encodes the data.
  • the data packet is sent to the access IAB node; in the uplink transmission direction, the access IAB node performs network coding operations on the data of the user equipment to generate a coded data packet, and then the access IAB node passes the coded data packet through the Donor DU Sent to the Donor CU, due to the introduction of the network encoding function, in the IAB system, the receiving end of the encoded data packet can decode as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the sender of the encoded data packet from one path. And restore the original data of the user equipment, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission in the IAB network. In addition, it can also prevent the receiving end in the IAB system from performing reordering operations on the data carried by the same UE transmitted on different paths, which can reduce Data transmission delay.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network coding mechanism
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a data packet structure after network coding
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of control information used for network coding
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a gNB adopting a CU-DU separation architecture
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a gNB using gNB-CU-CP and gNB-CU-UP to separate;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system in a two-hop data backhaul scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function into an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • Time Division Duplex Time Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • 5G 5th Generation
  • NR New Radio
  • the terminal equipment or user equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user agent. Or user device.
  • the terminal device or user equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), Handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G or NR networks, or future evolution of public land mobile communication networks (Public Land Mobile Network, The terminal equipment, etc. in the PLMN), the terminal equipment or the user equipment may also be an access IAB node, etc. in the IAB system, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the access IAB nodes, intermediate IAB nodes, IAB host nodes, etc. (which can be collectively referred to as network devices) involved in the embodiments of this application are defined from a functional perspective as access network devices that can be used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • One or more of the network equipment may be an evolutionary base station (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, and may also be a next-generation radio access base station (NR NodeB, gNB), a distributed unit DU in the gNB.
  • Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB evolution NodeB
  • gNB next-generation radio access base station
  • DU distributed unit DU in the gNB.
  • the centralized unit CU in the gNB can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can also be an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and
  • the network equipment in the future communication network is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, may also include an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and may also include an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes a central processing unit (CPU), and may also include a memory, and the memory may include hardware such as a memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer can include applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, instant messaging software, and so on.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not particularly limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program can run the code of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application to perform the method according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. It is sufficient to perform processing or communication.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a hardware device in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • NR New Radio
  • 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP
  • NR version 15 Release 15
  • access network equipment such as base station gNB
  • CU Centralized Unit
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • gNB-CU and gNB-DU are different logical nodes and can be deployed on different physical devices or on the same physical device.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a gNB adopting a CU-DU separation architecture.
  • gNB adopts a CU-DU separation architecture, where gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through an F1 interface, and gNB-CU and The 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) is connected through the NG interface, and the gNB and gNB are connected through the Xn interface.
  • the Xn interface includes an Xn-C interface and an Xn-U interface.
  • the Xn-C interface is used for the transmission of control plane signaling between two gNBs
  • the Xn-U interface is used for the transmission of user plane data between the two gNBs.
  • the interface between the gNB and the user equipment is called the Uu interface (it can also be said that it is the interface between the UE and the gNB-DU).
  • the terminal equipment (such as UE) accesses the gNB-CU through the gNB-DU.
  • the physical (PHY) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the radio link control (RLC) layer equivalent to the terminal equipment are located on the gNB-DU and are equivalent to the terminal equipment
  • the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio resource control (RRC) layer, and service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer are located on the gNB-CU.
  • protocol layer settings on gNB-DU and gNB-CU are only one way, and there may be other protocol layer settings, for example: the PHY layer and MAC layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the gNB-DU , The PDCP layer, RRC layer, and SDAP layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the gNB-CU, and at the same time, the RLC layer equivalent to the terminal device is also located on the gNB-CU, which are all within the scope of protection of this application. This is not limited.
  • the gNB-DU For the control plane, in the uplink (UL) direction, the gNB-DU encapsulates the RRC message generated by the terminal device in the F1 Application Protocol (F1 Application Protocol, F1AP) message of the F1 interface and sends it to the gNB-CU.
  • F1 Application Protocol F1 Application Protocol
  • the gNB-CU In the downlink (DL) direction, the gNB-CU encapsulates the RRC message of the terminal device in an F1AP message and sends it to the gNB-DU.
  • the gNB-DU extracts the RRC message from the F1AP message and maps it to the signaling radio bearer corresponding to the Uu interface. (Signalling Radio Bearer, SRB) is sent to the terminal device.
  • SRB Signaling Radio Bearer
  • the gNB-DU maps the data packets of the terminal equipment received from the data radio bearer (DRB) of the Uu interface to the corresponding General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (General Packet Radio Service).
  • Radio Service Tunnelling Protocol (GTP) is sent to the gNB-CU in the tunnel.
  • gNB-CU maps the data packet of the terminal device to the corresponding GTP tunnel and sends it to gNB-DU.
  • the gNB-DU extracts the data packet of the terminal device from the GTP tunnel and maps the data packet to the Uu interface
  • the corresponding DRB is sent to the terminal device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of gNB adopting the separation of gNB-CU-CP and gNB-CU-UP.
  • gNB-CU is divided into centralized units Control plane (Central Unit-Control Plane, CU-CP) entity (also called CU-CP node) and centralized unit user plane (Central Unit-User Plane, CU-UP) entity (also called CU-UP node).
  • Control plane Central Unit-Control Plane, CU-CP
  • CU-UP Central Unit-User Plane
  • CU-UP Central Unit-User Plane
  • gNB-CU-CP is used to provide signaling control function
  • gNB-CU-UP is used to provide user plane data transmission function
  • gNB-CU-CP and gNB-CU-UP are connected through E1 interface
  • gNB -CU-CP and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 control plane (F1-C) interface
  • gNB-CU-UP and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 user plane (F1-U) interface.
  • gNB-CU-CP may include RRC layer functions and PDCP layer control plane functions (for example, for processing signaling radio bearer SRB signaling), gNB-CU-UP may include SDAP layer functions and PDCP layer users Face function (for example, used to process the data of the data radio bearer DRB, etc.).
  • the wireless access architecture shown in Figure 5 also has the following characteristics: a gNB can contain one gNB-CU-CP, multiple gNB-CU-UPs, and multiple gNB-DUs; one DU can only connect to one gNB- CU-CP; one CU-UP can be connected to only one gNB-CU-CP; one DU can be connected to multiple gNB-CU-UPs under the control of the same CU-CP; one CU-UP is in the same CU-CP Can be connected to multiple gNB-DUs under the control of.
  • FIG. 5 is only exemplary, and should not impose any limitation on the architecture of the gNB.
  • gNB can include only one gNB-CU-UP, one gNB-CU-CP, one gNB-DU, or more gNBs.
  • -CU-UP and gNB-DU This application is not restricted here.
  • IAB Donor can also adopt the above-mentioned CU-DU separation architecture, that is, IAB Donor is composed of IAB Donor CU (also known as Donor CU) and IAB Donor DU (also known as Donor DU) , Where the interface between IAB Donor CU and IAB Donor DU is the F1 interface.
  • the IAB node can be composed of a mobile terminal (MT) unit and a distributed unit (DU).
  • IAB-MT can also be called IAB-UE, which has the function of terminal equipment, and mainly completes operations similar to terminal equipment, so as to perform the wireless backhaul function between the IAB node and the IAB Donor.
  • IAB-DU has part of the functions of a base station, and mainly completes operations similar to a base station, so as to provide wireless access functions for UEs or next-hop IAB nodes.
  • the Donor DU can have similar functions to the gNB-DU in NR, and the Donor CU can have similar functions to the gNB-CU in NR.
  • the IAB-DU can have similar functions to the gNB-DU in the NR, providing access services for its sub-nodes.
  • the sub-nodes of the IAB-DU can be terminal devices or other IAB nodes.
  • IAB-MT can be compared to terminal equipment and used to provide data backhaul.
  • the IAB node accessed by the terminal device may be referred to as the access IAB node, and the IAB node on the path between the access IAB node and the IAB Donor is referred to as an intermediate IAB node.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system in a two-hop data backhaul scenario, where the terminal device is connected to IAB node 2, then IAB node 2 is called access The IAB node (or the last-hop parent node of the terminal device), the terminal device is called the next-hop child node of the IAB node 2.
  • IAB node 1 is called the intermediate IAB node, that is to say, the previous hop parent node of IAB node 1 is the IAB host node (IAB Donor), in other words, the next hop child node of IAB Donor is IAB node 1, and IAB node 1’s The next hop child node is IAB node 2.
  • the IAB Donor is connected to the 5G core network through the NG interface, thus forming a two-hop data backhaul scenario.
  • the PHY layer, MAC layer and RLC layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the access IAB node (such as: the DU part of IAB node 2), and the PDCP layer, SDAP layer and RRC layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the Donor On the CU.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system, showing the control plane protocol stack of an IAB node adopting a layer 2 data forwarding architecture in a two-hop data backhaul scenario, where the terminal device and the access IAB Nodes can transmit control signaling between the terminal device and the donor base station through Signaling Radio Bearer (SRB), such as RRC signaling, which is connected to an IAB node (such as IAB node 2 in Figure 7).
  • SRB Signaling Radio Bearer
  • RRC signaling which is connected to an IAB node (such as IAB node 2 in Figure 7).
  • DU part Encapsulate the RRC message generated by the terminal device in an F1AP message and send it to the Donor CU.
  • the IAB node 2 DU encapsulates the RRC message generated by the terminal device in an F1AP message and sends it to the Donor CU-CP.
  • the IAB node 2 DU and the Donor CU-CP The interface is also called the F1-C interface.
  • FIG. 7 specifically shows the control plane protocol stack architecture of the 2-hop data backhaul scenario composed of the terminal device, the IAB node 2, the IAB node 1, and the IAB host node.
  • the terminal equipment has a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, PDCP) layer, a radio link control (Radio Link Control, RLC) layer, and a media access control (Media access control) layer.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • Media access control Media access control
  • the functional entity (for example, it can be understood as the DU unit in the aforementioned IAB node) that is oriented to communicate with the terminal device in the IAB node 2 has the functions of the RLC, MAC, and PHY layers equivalent to the terminal device.
  • the IAB node 2 is oriented to and
  • the functional entity of IAB node 1 communication (for example, it can be understood as the MT unit in the aforementioned IAB node) has the functions of Backhaul Adaptation Protocol (BAP) layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer.
  • BAP Backhaul Adaptation Protocol
  • IAB node The functional entity facing terminal equipment in 2 and the functional entity facing IAB node 1 in IAB node 2 carry out the required interaction through the hardware or software or hardware combined with software functional module in the internal IAB node 2.
  • IAB node 2 It also has the F1 Application Protocol (F1Application Protocol, F1AP) layer, the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) layer, and the Internet Protocol (IP) layer for the F1 interface that communicates with the IAB host node. ;
  • the terminal device and the IAB node 2 transmit control signaling between the terminal device and the donor base station through a signaling radio bearer (Signaling Radio Bearer, SRB), such as RRC signaling, non-access Stratum (Non-access Stratum, NAS) signaling, etc.
  • SRB Signaling radio bearer
  • the functional entities for communicating with the IAB node 2 include the functions of the BAP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the functional entities for communicating with the IAB host node also include the corresponding BAP layer.
  • the IAB node 2 and the IAB node 1 can transmit data on the backhaul link through the backhaul radio link control protocol channel (BH RLC channel, BH RLC CH).
  • the IAB host node can include the IAB host node DU (IAB Donor DU) part and the host CU-CP (Donor CU-CP) part , IAB Donor DU and Donor CU-CP communicate and interact through the F1-C interface.
  • the functional entities for communicating with IAB node 2 include: IP layer functions.
  • the peer IP layer is located in the access IAB
  • the IP layer function configured on the node (IAB node 2 in Figure 7) and Donor CU, IAB Donor DU is mainly for routing and forwarding according to the received IP packet.
  • IAB Donor DU is based on IAB
  • the destination IP address in the IP packet sent by the Donor CU routes the IP packet to the corresponding access IAB node.
  • IAB Donor DU routes to IAB Donor CU according to the destination IP address in the received IP packet. Therefore, the source and destination addresses in the IP packet involved here generally include the IP address of Donor CU and access to IAB.
  • the IP address of the node may not include the IP address of IAB Donor DU.
  • the IAB Donor DU shown in Figure 7 also includes the BAP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 1.
  • IAB Donor DU and IAB node 1 can perform backhaul links through BH RLC CH Data transmission; IAB Donor DU also includes the IP layer for IAB Donor CU-CP, L2 (for example: the data link layer in the wired protocol stack architecture) and L1 (for example, the physical layer in the wired protocol stack architecture) functions,
  • the Donor CU-CP part of the IAB host node has: functions for the RRC layer and PDCP layer for peer-to-peer communication with terminal equipment, functions for the F1AP layer, SCTP layer, and IP layer for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 2, as well as
  • the IAB Donor DU part of the IAB host node performs the functions of L2 and L1 for peer-to-peer communication.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the user plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system.
  • Figure 8 shows the user plane protocol stack in a two-hop data backhaul scenario.
  • the Donor CU of the host node establishes a corresponding GPRS tunneling protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol, GTP) tunnel for the service bearer of each terminal device.
  • GTP GPRS tunneling protocol
  • the tunnel can be for a terminal device or a bearer for a terminal device.
  • Perform configuration that is, per UE bearer's GTP tunnel).
  • the DU of the IAB node 2 can send the service data of the terminal device to the Donor CU-UP of the IAB host node through the corresponding GTP tunnel.
  • the interface between IAB node2 DU and Donor CU-UP can be called F1-U interface.
  • FIG. 8 specifically shows a user plane protocol stack architecture composed of a terminal device, an IAB node 2, an IAB node 1, and an IAB host node, which is suitable for a 2-hop data backhaul scenario.
  • the terminal device has the functions of the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer, and the terminal device is connected to the IAB node (IAB node 2 in Figure 8)
  • SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
  • PDCP Packet Control Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC Packet Control Protocol
  • PHY Packet Control Protocol
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • the functional entity (for example, it can be understood as the DU part in the aforementioned IAB node) in the IAB node 2 for communication with the terminal device has the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer for peer-to-peer communication with the terminal device.
  • IAB The functional entity in node 2 oriented to communicate with IAB node 1 (for example, it can be understood as the MT unit in the aforementioned IAB node) has the functions of BAP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer; IAB node 2 also includes The IAB host node performs peer-to-peer communication IP layer, User Datagram Protocol (UDP) layer and GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User Plane (GTP-U) functions.
  • UDP User Datagram Protocol
  • GTP-U GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User Plane
  • the functional entities in IAB node 2 that are oriented to communicate with terminal devices and the functional entities in IAB node 2 that are oriented to communicate with IAB node 1 or the IAB host node can be implemented through internal hardware or software or a combination of hardware and software. Ways to carry out the required information exchange.
  • the data transmission of the backhaul link can be performed between the IAB node 2 and the IAB node 1 through the backhaul radio link control protocol channel BH RLC CH.
  • the functional entities for communicating with the IAB node 2 include the functions of the BAP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the functional entities for communicating with the IAB host node also include the corresponding BAP layer.
  • the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer, the IAB node 1 and the IAB Donor DU in the IAB host node can perform the data transmission of the backhaul link through the backhaul radio link control protocol channel BH RLC CH.
  • the IAB host node in the user plane protocol stack architecture can include the IAB host node DU (IAB Donor DU) part and the host CU-UP (Donor CU-UP). ) Part, the IAB Donor DU part includes: the function of the IP layer, which is used for routing selection according to the received IP packet and the IP address contained in the IP packet. IAB Donor DU also includes the BAP for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 1.
  • IAB Donor DU can use BH RLC CH for backhaul link data transmission;
  • IAB Donor DU also includes L2 and L1 for communication with Donor CU-UP
  • the IAB Donor DU and Donor CU-UP communicate through the F1-U interface.
  • the Donor CU-UP part of the IAB host node has the functions of the SDAP layer and PDCP layer for peer-to-peer communication with terminal devices, the functions of the GTP-U layer, UDP layer and IP layer for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 2, and For L2 and L1 functions for peer-to-peer communication with IAB Donor DU.
  • the current network coding function is mainly used in the application layer of the network, it has not been used in the radio access network (RAN) system, especially the air interface between devices has not been introduced into the network.
  • Encoding function to enhance the reliability of data transmission.
  • Specific to the IAB communication network in the scenario where there are multiple wireless transmission paths in the IAB network, the reliability of data transmission will decrease due to blockage of one link.
  • the embodiment of the application proposes to introduce the network coding function in the transmission of the air interface of the IAB communication network, and use the characteristics of the network coding function (for example, no matter which link, as long as enough coded data packets are received, it can be correct. Decode and restore the original data) to improve the reliability of air interface data transmission in the IAB scenario and reduce the delay of data transmission.
  • the following embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways to implement the network coding function in the IAB communication system.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function in an IAB communication system. It shows the application of network coding function in the scenario of multiple transmission links sharing Donor DU in the IAB system.
  • the terminal equipment for example, UE
  • IAB node 1 IAB node 2
  • IAB node 3 the donor base station IAB Donor.
  • the IAB Donor consists of two parts, one part is Donor DU, and the other part is Donor CU.
  • the UE uses the IAB system to perform The data or signaling transmission can be carried out through two links, one link is UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU, and the other link is UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3 -IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU, it can be seen that the two links are converged on the same Donor DU, so they are called a total Donor DU.
  • IAB node 1 can be called an access IAB node
  • IAB node 2 and IAB node 3 can be called intermediate nodes.
  • the transmission of data or signaling can be from the UE to the Donor CU in the uplink direction through the above two paths or any one of them, or from the Donor CU to the UE in the downlink direction through the above two paths or Any path is performed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network coding function can be applied in 3 ways in the IAB system, including:
  • Application 1 The network coding function is executed on the access IAB node and the Donor DU respectively.
  • Application 2 The network coding function is executed on the UE and Donor CU respectively.
  • Application 3 The network coding function is executed on the access IAB node and the Donor CU respectively.
  • the first embodiment mainly corresponds to the aforementioned application 1: the execution of the network coding function on the access IAB node and the Donor DU respectively is described in detail.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function into an IAB communication system.
  • Figure 10 shows a system consisting of UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, IAB Donor DU, and IAB Donor CU.
  • the IAB communication system of the transmission link where path 1 includes UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU, path 2 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU.
  • Figure 10 also shows the user plane protocol stack architecture of UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, and Donor CU.
  • the generality of the user plane protocol stack architecture shown in Figure 10 The description can refer to FIG. 8 and the foregoing description of FIG. 8.
  • the difference between the IAB communication system shown in FIG. 10 and the IAB communication system shown in FIG. 8 is that the protocol stack of the IAB node 2 in FIG. 8 and Its function corresponds to the protocol stack and function of IAB node 1 in Fig. 10, and the protocol stack and function of IAB node 1 in Fig. 8 correspond to the protocol stack and/or IAB node 2 and/or IAB node 3 in Fig. 10 Its function will not be repeated here.
  • the network coding function applied in the IAB system can be implemented in the existing BAP layer.
  • the network coding function can be realized by extending the function of the current BAP layer.
  • the network coding function applied in the IAB system The network coding function can also be deployed in the function of the RLC layer in the IAB system shown in Figure 10, for example, deployed in one or more of UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, and Donor CU.
  • a dedicated network coding function layer eg, RLNC layer.
  • the protocol stack architecture shown in Figure 10 if the network coding function is set to be implemented at the BAP layer, the protocol stack shown in Figure 10 does not include the function of the network coding function layer (such as the RLNC layer), that is, RLNC The function is included in the BAP layer. If the network coding function needs to be implemented by a newly added network coding function layer, the protocol stack architecture of FIG.
  • RLNC layer a newly added network coding function layer
  • the functions of the RLNC layer and the functions of the BAP layer can be combined to form a new layer with network coding processing functions.
  • the name of the protocol layer of the function is not specifically limited.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to an IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor includes an IAB host distributed unit IAB Donor DU and IAB host centralized unit IAB Donor CU, take the following line transmission as an example, as shown in Figure 11.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB communication system. The method includes:
  • Operation 1101 The IAB Donor CU sends the user equipment (UE) data to the IAB Donor DU.
  • UE user equipment
  • the IAB Donor CU in the IAB host node maps the PDCP protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) of the UE to the corresponding After the GTP tunnel, an IP packet is generated, and the IP packet is sent to Donor DU.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • Operation 1102 The IAB Donor DU performs a network encoding operation on the data of the user equipment to generate an encoded data packet.
  • the Donor DU can be based on any one or more of the value of the differentiated services code point (DSCP), the value of the Flow Label, and the destination IP address carried in the header field of the received IP packet.
  • DSCP differentiated services code point
  • the Donor DU performs network coding on the IP packet with the same route and bearer mapping to generate an encoded data packet.
  • the network coding operation performed by the IAB Donor DU may be performed before the Donor DU performs the header addition operation at the BAP layer of the backhaul adaptation protocol.
  • the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or, in the Donor DU protocol stack design, the BAP layer and the Internet Protocol (IP ) A new protocol layer is introduced between the layers to implement network coding operations.
  • a 1:1 bearer mapping scenario that is, the data of a bearer of the UE is mapped to a BH RLC channel configured for the bearer of the UE on the backhaul link.
  • Upper transmission that is to say, a dedicated BH RLC channel is configured for the bearer of the UE.
  • the network coding operation performed on the IAB Donor DU is configured and implemented based on the per UE bearer.
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2
  • N different UEs have the same or similar quality of service (QoS) requirements
  • QoS quality of service
  • the bearer data can be mapped to the same BH RLC channel for transmission on the backhaul link.
  • the Donor DU receives an IP packet for downlink transmission, it cannot distinguish or does not distinguish which UE the data of the IP packet belongs to. Therefore, in the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, in the IAB
  • the bearer data packets with the same or similar QoS belonging to different UEs are put together to perform the network coding operation and then transmitted.
  • Operation 1103 the IAB Donor DU sends the generated coded data packet to the access IAB node 1 through different paths.
  • IAB Donor DU can transmit the generated encoded data packet through transmission path 1 (via IAB node 2 as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11), and/or through transmission path 2 (via IAB node 2 as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11).
  • IAB node 3 transmission, where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the IAB node 2 and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the IAB node 3 and the access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor DU may receive indication information from the Donor CU, and the indication information is used to indicate the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the Donor DU in different transmission paths.
  • the indication information includes: the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2.
  • the Donor CU in the IAB host node decides how the Donor DU's downlink is to be offloaded.
  • the Donor CU can send to the Donor DU indication information for indicating the offload ratio on different transmission paths, for example, the instruction
  • the information instructs Donor DU to transmit 70% of the coded data packets to IAB node 1 through path 1, and/or, to transmit 30% of the coded data packets to IAB node 1 through path 2.
  • the network coding function is processed
  • the specific transmission ratio of the latter encoded data packets on path 1 and path 2 is not limited in the embodiment of this application. For example, 60% of the encoded data packets may be transmitted to IAB node 1 through path 1, and/or 40% The encoded data packet is transmitted to the IAB node 1 through path 2, which is not limited here.
  • the Donor CU may carry the indication information for indicating the offload ratios on different transmission paths in the F1AP message and send it to the Donor DU.
  • the indication information used to indicate the split ratio on different transmission paths may include the amount of data transmitted on different paths, such as the amount of data transmitted by path 1 (which can be represented by bits) , And/or, the amount of data transmitted by path 2 (indicated by bits).
  • the Donor CU can instruct the Donor DU to transmit the network coded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links when transmitting data in the downlink direction, so as to more effectively realize the load balance between the different links. Or it is beneficial to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
  • the distribution ratio of the data volume on different transmission paths in the embodiment of the present application generally refers to the distribution ratio of the encoded data packet obtained after encoding the original data, but other methods are not excluded.
  • the Donor DU may determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2 according to the transmission condition of the downlink transmission path.
  • the Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links according to the transmission conditions of the downlink transmission path, so as to achieve load balance between different links more effectively, or to facilitate It is actually necessary to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links.
  • the Donor DU may receive the transmission status of the downlink transmission path sent by the Donor CU.
  • the transmission status of the downlink transmission path includes: any one of the following information of the transmission path 1 or Multiple: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and The size of the receive buffer.
  • Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the downlink transmission path, and/or the encoded data packet Transmission ratio in transmission path 2.
  • the Donor DU may receive configuration information sent by the Donor CU.
  • the configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information.
  • the quality of service information corresponds to the at least one path information, and the at least one path
  • the information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2.
  • the service quality information may be service quality information corresponding to service data of one or more user equipments.
  • the service quality information may include: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label; the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and/or a routing identifier Routing ID.
  • the Donor DU when performing downlink data transmission, it can determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different transmission paths according to the quality of service information.
  • the Donor CU can receive the DDDS from the access IAB node.
  • the DDDS information includes path information and any one or more of the following information corresponding to the path information: transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer.
  • the Donor CU can learn one or more types of information such as the data transmission status of each downlink transmission path, the transmission data rate, the transmission data volume, and the size of the receiving buffer.
  • a technical effect brought by this is that the follow-up Donor According to the data transmission conditions of each downlink transmission path, the CU can instruct Donor DU to transmit a reasonable transmission ratio on each downlink transmission path when transmitting encoded data packets.
  • Operation 1104 access the IAB node 1 to decode the received encoded data packet, and obtain the original data of the user equipment.
  • the IAB node 1 decodes the encoded data packets received on different paths to obtain the IP packet, and sends the IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then obtains the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then obtains the PDCP PDU of the UE.
  • the received PDCP PDU is sent to the UE, and the UE hands it to the PDCP layer for corresponding processing (for example, sorting and/or repeated packet detection operations at the PDCP layer), thereby obtaining the original data of the UE.
  • the receiving end (IAB node 1) can decode and recover the user as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the sender (IAB Donor DU) from one path.
  • the original data of the device thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing the delay of data transmission.
  • the network coding operations involved here can be RLNC codes, fountain codes, or other applicable codes. Examples of this application There is no restriction on this.
  • the Donor CU can send configuration information to the Donor DU, which enables the Donor DU to perform the network coding operation, such as ,
  • the configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block that performs network coding; the number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and, each source The length of the characters contained in the data block.
  • the Donor CU may also send the configuration information to the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can receive and decode the network coded data packet according to the corresponding configuration information when receiving the network coded data packet in the downlink.
  • Donor DU performs corresponding network coding operations based on the configuration information provided by Donor CU.
  • Donor CU can send multiple sets of configuration information to Donor DU and/or access IAB nodes. The multiple sets of configuration information correspond to different types of network coding operations.
  • Each set of configuration information can include the following Any one or more kinds of information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block that performs network coding; the number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and the length of characters contained in each source data block .
  • Donor CU sends configuration information to Dornor DU, which can also mean that the network coding operation function of Donor DU is activated at the same time. Similarly, Donor CU sends configuration information to access IAB node 1.
  • the network coding operation function of indicating access to IAB node 1 is activated at the same time; in another optional way, before the Donor DU performs the network coding operation, the Donor CU can also send instructions to the Donor DU to indicate the Donor.
  • the DU activates or turns on the network coding function, and performs the corresponding network coding operations.
  • the IAB Donor CU can also send instructions to the access IAB node 1 to instruct the access IAB node 1 to activate or enable the network coding function, and Perform the corresponding decoding operation.
  • Donor DU or access IAB node can obtain network coding operation configuration information from other networks, such as Donor DU or access IAB node can be managed from operation management
  • the maintenance (operations, administration and maintenance, OAM) system obtains multiple sets of configuration information, which correspond to different types of network coding operations, and each set of configuration information may include any one or more of the following information: Type; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the number of source data blocks that the data block for performing network coding is divided into; and the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the Donor DU or the access IAB node can pre-store these multiple sets of configuration information at the factory.
  • the Donor DU or the access IAB node can be configured from The Donor CU obtains indication information, which is used to indicate which set of configuration information the Donor DU or access to the IAB node needs to activate, and uses the activated configuration information to perform network coding operations or decoding operations.
  • indication information which is used to indicate which set of configuration information the Donor DU or access to the IAB node needs to activate, and uses the activated configuration information to perform network coding operations or decoding operations.
  • Figure 12 shows a method of introducing network coding in the IAB system.
  • the network coding function needs to be completed before the BAP layer header operation, for example: after the routing and bearer mapping operations are determined, before the BAP layer header operation, Introduce network coding operations.
  • the method includes:
  • IAB access node e.g., Figure 10, IAB node 1 in Figure 11, from the perspective of upstream transmission, the following is the same in this embodiment, and will not be repeated
  • IAB host node e.g., Figure 10, Figure 11 In the IAB Donor DU in the lower row transmission perspective, the following is the same in this embodiment, and will not be repeated here
  • the data transmission link between IAB node 1 and Donor DU includes IAB node 2 and/or IAB node 3. Therefore, IAB node 1 or Donor DU can determine UE data based on the routing information configured by Donor CU The address of the next hop transmission node in the IAB system, thereby determining whether the data transmission path is path 1 or path 2.
  • Operation 1202 the IAB access node or the IAB host node determines the bearer mapping of the data from the UE on the backhaul link.
  • the transmission path of the UE’s data there may be multiple BH RLC channels on the transmission path. Therefore, in order to meet the quality of service (QoS) guarantee of the UE’s data in the transmission process (guarantee), the data of the UE needs to be mapped to the BH RLC channel corresponding to the QoS guarantee for transmission.
  • QoS quality of service
  • Operation 1203 the IAB access node or the IAB host node performs network coding processing operations on the UE data to be sent, for example, performing RLNC code operations.
  • Operation 1204 BAP plus header (header) operation.
  • the header information of the BAP layer is added to the data packet generated by the network coding operation in the RLNC mode, for example: the added header information includes the information used for routing Identification (Routing ID).
  • a network coding operation for a 1:1 bearer mapping scenario, that is, the data of a bearer of the UE is mapped to a BH RLC channel configured for the bearer of the UE on the backhaul link for transmission. That is to say, a dedicated BH RLC channel is configured for the bearer of the UE.
  • the network coding function is configured and implemented based on the per UE bearer.
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2
  • QoS quality of service
  • the data can be mapped to the same BH RLC channel for transmission on the backhaul link.
  • the Donor DU receives an IP packet for downlink transmission, it cannot distinguish or does not distinguish which UE the data of the IP packet belongs to. Therefore, in the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, it is different.
  • the bearer data packets of the UEs with the same or similar QoS are put together to perform network coding operations and then transmitted.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function into an IAB communication system, as shown in FIG. 13, where IP packets (IP Packets) are in The transmission between the Donor DU and the Donor CU is carried out through the F1 interface.
  • IP packets IP Packets
  • the Donor CU adds the same DSCP/flow label value to the header field of the IP packet carried by the same UE.
  • the Donor CU can give Donor DU configures the mapping relationship between the same DSCP/flow label value and different paths, that is: the same DSCP/flow label value can correspond to one or more paths, in other words, IP packets with the same DSCP/flow label value It can be mapped to multiple paths for transmission.
  • DSCP 1/flow label 1 corresponds to path 1
  • DSCP 1/flow label 1 can also correspond to path 2.
  • Donor DU performs network encoding processing on the IP packets from Donor CU to obtain encoded data packets (as shown in Figure 13, the symbol " ⁇ " indicates that the encoded data packets in the subsequent embodiments of this application can be represented by the same symbol), exemplary As shown in Figure 13, Donor DU performs network encoding processing on the IP packets from Donor CU to obtain 7 encoded data packets, (optional) based on the indication information sent by Donor CU to indicate the proportion of offloads on different paths, Donor DU The coded data packets are split to different paths for transmission, for example, 4 of the 7 coded data packets are transmitted through path 1, and or, 3 of the 7 coded data packets are transmitted through path 2.
  • the Donor DU can perform network coding together with IP packets belonging to N UEs with the same route and/or bearer mapping, and then access the IAB node (as shown in Figure 10).
  • the middle IAB node 1) decodes the received encoded data packet and recovers the IP packet, which is then handed over to the GTP-U layer for processing to distinguish the data of different UEs.
  • an IAB node such as IAB node 1 in Figure 10, Figure 11
  • DDDS Downlink Data Delivery Status
  • the UE bearer per UE bearer
  • the content carried in the existing DDDS message can be expanded, and the DDDS message can be added Any one or more of the following information:
  • Path information for example: Path ID or Routing ID.
  • the Routing ID includes the Path ID and the BAP address of the routing target node (for example, the BAP address of the access IAB node).
  • the transmission data rate for example, the received data rate (Data rate).
  • the amount of transmitted data for example, the amount of received data.
  • the size of the buffer for example, the size of the buffer used for receiving.
  • the received data rate, the received data volume, and the received buffer size can respectively correspond to the path information one-to-one. It can also be understood that the newly added information in the DDDS message includes the received data rate for a certain transmission path or a certain transmission The received data volume of the path or the receiving buffer size of a certain transmission path. In this way, on the basis that the Donor CU obtains the transmission conditions of the encoded data packets on different transmission paths, the Donor CU can decide the transmission ratio or data volume of the encoded data packets on different transmission paths.
  • the Donor DU decides on its own the ratio of the network coded data packets to be transmitted on different paths. Shunt ratio.
  • the Donor CU can notify the Donor DU of the transmission of the encoded data packets on different paths. For example, the Donor CU will make any of the following Or multiple types of information are sent to the Donor DU, so that the Donor DU can determine the distribution ratio of the network coded data packets transmitted on different paths:
  • Path information for example: Path ID or Routing ID.
  • Transmission data rate for example, receive data rate.
  • the amount of data transmitted for example, the amount of data received.
  • the size of the buffer such as the size of the buffer used for receiving.
  • the above information can be similar to the extended information carried in the aforementioned DDDS message, where the received data rate, the received data volume, and the received buffer size can respectively correspond to the path information one-to-one, and the details are not repeated here.
  • the Donor CU may send some network coding-related control information to the access IAB node.
  • the control information related to the network coding can be carried in an RRC message or an F1AP message and sent.
  • the control information related to network coding includes one or more of the following information:
  • the type of network coding for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
  • the size of the data block for network coding such as the size or length of the object.
  • the number of source data blocks that the network coded data block is divided into for example: the number of blocks contained in the Object, or the length of each block.
  • the length of the characters contained in each source data block for example: the length of the symbol, or the number of symbols contained in each block.
  • the access IAB node In conjunction with the activation of the network coding function of the access IAB node as shown in Figure 13, in an optional design, the access IAB node only needs to receive the control information related to the network coding sent by the Donor CU, it is considered to be in the network of the IAB node.
  • the coding function is activated.
  • the Donor CU may send an activation indication message to the IAB node to indicate that the downlink network coding function is activated.
  • the activation indication information may be used to indicate that the access IAB node needs to respond to the received
  • the downlink data packet is decoded and then sent to the upper layer for processing.
  • the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message sent by the Donor CU to the UE.
  • the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated by using one activation indication information, or can be activated by using two activation indication information respectively.
  • an activation indication message is used to activate the network coding function
  • the access IAB node receives the activation indication information from the Donor CU
  • the network coding functions for both uplink transmission and downlink transmission are activated by default; when When two activation indication messages are used to activate the network coding function, one of the activation indication messages is used to activate the network coding function for uplink transmission, and the other activation indication information is used to activate the network coding function for downlink transmission.
  • the implementation method includes the use of a bit.
  • the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated using one activation indication message, or two activation indication messages can be used separately To activate, I won’t repeat it here.
  • FIG. 10 another embodiment of the present application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to an IAB network.
  • the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node.
  • the IAB Donor includes an IAB host distributed unit IAB Donor DU and IAB host the centralized unit IAB Donor CU.
  • Take upstream transmission as an example, as shown in Figure 14.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB system. The method includes:
  • Operation 1401 send user equipment (UE) data to the access IAB node 1.
  • UE user equipment
  • Operation 1402 Access the IAB node 1 to perform a network coding operation on data from one or more UEs, and generate coded data packets.
  • the access IAB node 1 may determine the route of the IP packet according to any one or more of the value of DSCP, the value of Flow Label, and the target IP address carried in the header field of the IP packet of the received UE. And/or bearer mapping, the access IAB node 1 performs network coding on IP packets with the same route and bearer mapping to generate coded data packets.
  • the access IAB node 1 to perform the network coding operation may be performed before the access IAB node 1 performs the backhaul adaptation protocol BAP layer header operation. That is to say, when designing the protocol stack for accessing the IAB node, the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or, when designing the protocol stack for accessing the IAB node, exemplarily, as shown in Figure 10 It shows that a new protocol layer is introduced between the BAP layer and the Internet Protocol (IP) layer to implement network coding operations.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • a 1:1 bearer mapping scenario that is, the data of a bearer of a UE is mapped to a BH RLC channel configured for the bearer of the UE on the backhaul link.
  • Uplink transmission that is to say, a dedicated BH RLC channel is configured for the bearer of a UE.
  • the network coding operation performed on the access IAB node 1 is configured and implemented based on the per UE bearer.
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2
  • the data of bearers with the same or similar service quality requirements belonging to N different UEs are transmitted back
  • the link can be mapped to the same BH RLC channel for transmission.
  • the access IAB node 1 receives an IP packet for uplink transmission from one or more UEs, it cannot distinguish or does not distinguish which UE the data of the IP packet belongs to. Therefore, in the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, when accessing the IAB node 1 to perform a network coding operation, bearer data packets with the same or similar QoS belonging to different UEs can be put together to perform the network coding operation and then transmitted.
  • Operation 1403 The access IAB node 1 sends the generated coded data packet to the access IAB Donor DU through different paths.
  • the access IAB node 1 can transmit the generated encoded data packet through the transmission path 1 (via the IAB node 2 as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11), and/or through the transmission path 2 (as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11).
  • the access IAB node may receive indication information from the Donor CU, where the indication information is used to indicate the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the access IAB node in different transmission paths.
  • the indication information includes: the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2.
  • the Donor CU in the IAB host node decides how to offload the uplink transmission of the access IAB node.
  • the Donor CU can send indication information for indicating the offload ratio to the access IAB node, for example,
  • the indication information indicates that the access IAB node transmits 70% of the coded data packets to the IAB node 1 through path 1 and/or transmits 30% of the coded data packets to the IAB node 1 through path 2.
  • the Donor CU may carry the indication information for indicating the offload ratio in an RRC message or an F1AP message and send it to the access IAB node. It is understandable that, in another optional manner, the indication information sent by the Donor CU to indicate the split ratio may include the amount of data transmitted on different paths, such as the amount of data transmitted by path 1 (for example, represented by bits).
  • the Donor CU can instruct the access IAB node to transmit data in the uplink direction, the transmission ratio of the network coded data packet generated by the access IAB node on different links, so as to more effectively implement different links
  • the access IAB node may determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on transmission path 2 according to the transmission conditions of the uplink transmission path. It is more effective to achieve load balance between different links, or to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
  • the access IAB node may receive the transmission status of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU.
  • the transmission status of the uplink transmission path includes: any of the following information of transmission path 1 One or more types: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer.
  • the access IAB node can determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the uplink transmission path, and/or , The transmission ratio of encoded data packets in transmission path 2.
  • the access IAB node may receive configuration information sent by the Donor CU, the configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information, the quality of service information corresponds to the at least one path information, and the at least one path information
  • a piece of path information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2.
  • the service quality information may be service quality information corresponding to service data of one or more user equipments.
  • the service quality information may include: differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or data flow label Flow Label, or, the service quality information may include: GTP tunnel identifier (ie: IP address + GTP TEID).
  • GTP tunnel identifier ie: IP address + GTP TEID
  • the uplink transmission can perform bearer mapping and/or path selection through the GTP tunnel identifier, so the configuration information may include the GTP tunnel identifier and path information corresponding to the GTP tunnel identifier; the path information includes: path Identifies the Path ID, and/or, the Routing ID.
  • the access IAB node may receive the path information of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU and any one or more of the following information corresponding to the path information: transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer.
  • the access IAB node can learn one or more of the data transmission status, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size of each uplink transmission path, which brings a technical effect Yes, the subsequent access IAB node can set a reasonable transmission ratio in each uplink transmission path when transmitting encoded data packets according to the data transmission conditions of each uplink transmission path.
  • Operation 1404 the IAB Donor DU decodes the received encoded data packet to obtain the original data of the UE.
  • IAB Donor DU decodes the encoded data packets received on different paths and obtains the original data IP packets before encoding. Then, IAB Donor DU further sends the decoded IP packets to IAB Donor. CU, IAB Donor CU sends the received IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then obtains the original data PDCP PDU of the UE, and then passes the obtained PDCP PDU to the PDCP layer for corresponding processing (for example, in the PDCP layer) Sequence and/or repeat packet detection operations), thereby further obtaining the PDCP SDU of the UE.
  • the receiver (IAB Donor DU) can decode and pass IAB as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the sender (access to IAB node 1) from one path.
  • Donor CU restores the original data of the user equipment, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing data transmission delay.
  • the network code involved here can be RLNC, fountain code, or other codes. The application embodiment does not limit this.
  • the processing inconsistencies between the uplink transmission direction and the downlink transmission direction include: for example, in the downlink direction, the GTP tunnel is established on the access IAB node, so the connection The incoming IAB node can recover the UE PDCP PDU, and then send it to the UE through the air interface so that the PDCP layer on the UE recovers the PDCP SDU of the UE after processing.
  • the GTP tunnel is established on the Donor CU, and the Donor DU can only Decoding restores the original IP packet before encoding, and then the Donor DU sends the restored IP packet to the Donor CU.
  • the PDCP PDU of the UE can be obtained, and then the PDCP layer is processed to obtain the UE.
  • PDCP SDU In short, for uplink and downlink transmission, the original UE data can be the PDCP PDU of the UE, for downlink transmission, the PDCP PDU of the UE is restored on the access IAB node, and for uplink transmission, the UE is restored on the Donor CU. PDCP PDU.
  • the Donor CU before accessing the IAB node 1 to perform the network coding operation, can send configuration information to the accessing IAB node 1, and the configuration information makes the access
  • the IAB node 1 can perform network coding operations.
  • the configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is divided into sources The number of data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the Donor CU can also send the configuration information to the IAB Donor DU, so that the IAB Donor DU can receive and decode the corresponding configuration information according to the corresponding configuration information when the IAB Donor DU receives the network coded data packet in the uplink.
  • Donor DU performs corresponding network coding operations based on the configuration information provided by Donor CU.
  • Donor CU can send multiple sets of configuration information to Donor DU and/or access IAB nodes. The multiple sets of configuration information correspond to different types of network coding operations.
  • Each set of configuration information can include the following Any one or more kinds of information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block that performs network coding; the number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and the length of characters contained in each source data block .
  • the Donor CU sends configuration information to the access IAB node 1, which can also mean that the network coding operation function of the access IAB node 1 is activated at the same time.
  • the Donor CU sends the Donor DU
  • the configuration information can also mean that the network coding function of the Donor DU is also activated; in another optional way, before the access IAB node 1 performs the network coding operation, the Donor CU can also send instructions to The access IAB node 1 instructs the access IAB node 1 to activate or enable the network coding function, and perform the corresponding network coding operation.
  • the IAB Donor CU can also send instructions to the IAB Donor DU to indicate the IABDonor DU activates or turns on the network encoding function, and executes the corresponding decoding operation.
  • Donor DU or access IAB node can obtain network coding operation configuration information from other networks, such as Donor DU or access IAB node can be managed from operation management
  • the operation administration and maintenance (OAM) system obtains multiple sets of configuration information, and the multiple sets of configuration information correspond to different network coding types.
  • Each set of configuration information may include any one or more of the following information: network coding type; The size of the data block for performing network coding; the number of source data blocks that the data block for performing network coding is divided into; and the length of characters contained in each source data block.
  • the Donor DU or the access IAB node can pre-store these multiple sets of configuration information at the factory.
  • the Donor DU or the access IAB node can be from The Donor CU obtains indication information, which is used to indicate which set of configuration information the Donor DU or access to the IAB node needs to activate, and uses the activated configuration information to perform network coding operations or decoding operations.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function in an IAB communication system. With reference to FIG. 15, the following describes an embodiment of the present application with respect to the uplink transmission direction.
  • the UE sends at least one PDCP PDU it generates to the access IAB node, that is, IAB node 1) in Figure 15.
  • IAB node 1 maps the UE’s PDCP PDU to the corresponding GTP tunnel to generate IP Packet, and perform network encoding on one or more IP packets with the same routing and bearer mapping to generate encoded data packets, and then map the generated encoded data packets to different paths and send them to the Donor DU, and the Donor DU will be different
  • the IP packet is recovered and sent to the Donor CU.
  • the Donor CU sends the received IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then obtains the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then sends the PDCP PDU to the PDCP layer for processing.
  • the IAB node 1 sends the coded data packet after network coding to the Donor DU.
  • the embodiment of this application proposes the following alternative methods :
  • Donor CU decides the upstream offload strategy for accessing IAB node 1.
  • Donor CU is the same bearer of the same UE and the bearer establishes two GTP tunnels between IAB node 1 and Donor CU, as shown in Figure 15, GTP-U 1 and GTP-U 2, These two GTP tunnels correspond to one DRB of the same UE between the UE and the IAB node 1.
  • Donor CU configures the mapping relationship between these two GTP tunnels and different transmission paths for the access IAB node, and sends the corresponding configuration information to the access IAB node.
  • the configuration information may include: GTP-U 1 is mapped to path 1, through IAB node 2 performs transmission, and/or, GTP-U 2 is mapped to path 2, and is transmitted through IAB node 3.
  • GTP-U 1 can also be mapped to path 2 and transmitted through IAB node 3, and /Or, GTP-U 2 is mapped to path 1, and is transmitted through IAB node 2, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Donor CU may send offload ratio indication information to the IAB node 1, and the offload ratio indication information corresponds to the GTP tunnel identifier. It can be configured together when the GTP tunnel is established, or it can be adjusted according to the path link condition after the GTP tunnel is established, so that the access IAB node can learn a certain percentage (for example, expressed as a percentage) from the same DRB of the same UE.
  • the data volume needs to be diverted to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or a certain percentage (for example, expressed as a percentage) of the data volume needs to be diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission, for example: the percentage of offload information indicates that 70% of the data volume is diverted For transmission on GTP-U 1, 30% of the data volume is shunted to GTP-U 2 for transmission. .
  • the offload ratio indication information may also correspond to path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID.
  • the Donor CU may carry the offload ratio indication information in an RRC message and send it to the MT part that accesses the IAB node 1, or carry it in an F1 AP message and send it to the DU part that accesses the IAB node 1.
  • Donor CU determines the mapping relationship between GTP tunnels and paths. For example, GTP-U 1 is mapped to path 1, and transmitted through IAB node 2, and GTP-U 2 is mapped To path 2, it is transmitted through IAB node 3; but the specific data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node itself. For example, the access IAB node decides on its own that a certain amount or proportion of data is offloaded to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or a certain amount or proportion of data is offloaded to GTP-U 2 for transmission.
  • access to IAB node 1 can also adjust the proportion of encoded data packets sent on different paths according to the conditions of sending data on different paths. For example, access to IAB node 1 can be based on the load of path 1 and path 2. According to the situation, adjust the transmission ratio on different paths. If the load on path 1 is high, increase the transmission ratio on path 2.
  • FIG 16 is another schematic diagram of the introduction of the network coding function in the IAB system.
  • the Donor CU is the same UE bearer Only one GTP tunnel GTP-U 1 is established between the access IAB node (IAB node1DU) and the Donor CU.
  • This GTP tunnel GTP-U 1 corresponds to the UE DRB between the UE and the IAB node 1.
  • Donor CU can configure the mapping relationship between this GTP tunnel and different paths for access to IAB node 1. For example: Donor CU provides configuration information for access to IAB node 1.
  • the configuration information includes: GTP-U 1 is mapped to path 1, which can be For transmission through IAB node 2, GTP-U 1 can also be mapped to path 2, and transmitted through IAB node 3.
  • the Donor CU may send a offload ratio indication information to the access IAB node.
  • the offload ratio indication information may be the same as the path information.
  • the path information can be Path ID or Routing ID, so that the access IAB node knows that a certain percentage or amount of data received from the same UE DRB needs to be transmitted through path 1, and/or, a certain percentage Or the amount of data needs to be transmitted through path 2.
  • the Donor CU may carry the offload ratio indication information in an RRC message and send it to the MT accessing the IAB node, or carry it in an F1AP message and send it to the DU accessing the IAB node.
  • the Donor CU can also determine the mapping relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, but the data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node 1, that is, the access IAB node 1 receives from the same UE DRB After PDCP PDU, a certain percentage of the data volume of the network coded packet obtained after network coding is transmitted through path 1, and/or a certain percentage of data volume is transmitted through path 2.
  • the access IAB node can also adjust the proportion of coded data packets sent on different paths according to the data sent on different paths. I won't repeat them here.
  • the Donor CU in order to allow the access IAB node 1 to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent, can send some network coding-related configurations to the access IAB node information.
  • the configuration information control information related to the network coding may be carried in an RRC message or an F1AP message and sent to the access IAB node.
  • the configuration information related to the network coding may include one or more of the following configurations:
  • the type of network coding for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
  • the size of the data block for network coding such as the size or length of the object.
  • the number of source data blocks into which the data block for network coding is divided for example: the number of blocks contained in the Object, or the length of each block.
  • the length of the characters contained in each source data block for example: the length of the symbol, or the number of symbols contained in each block.
  • the Donor CU can send an activation indication message to the access IAB node to indicate that the uplink network coding function needs to be activated.
  • the activation indication information is used to indicate that the access IAB node needs to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent.
  • the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message or F1AP message sent by the Donor CU to the access IAB node.
  • the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated using one activation indication message, or two activation indication messages can be used separately, for example, when one activation indication message is used to activate the network coding function .
  • the access IAB node receives the activation indication information from the Donor CU, it will consider that the network coding functions for both uplink transmission and downlink transmission are activated by default; when two activation indications are used to activate the network coding function, One activation indication information is used to activate the network coding function of uplink transmission, and the other activation indication information is used to activate the network coding function of downlink transmission.
  • An exemplary implementation includes using a bit, when the value of the bit is 1.
  • the value When the value is 0, it means the network coding function of the uplink transmission is activated.
  • the bit value When the bit value is 0, it means the network coding function of the downlink transmission is activated.
  • the value here is not limited, for example, when the bit When the value is 0, it means that the network coding function for uplink transmission is activated.
  • the bit When the bit is 1, it means that the network coding function for downlink transmission is activated.
  • the configuration information related to network coding used for uplink transmission and the configuration information related to network coding used for downlink transmission may be a set of information, that is, uplink transmission and downlink transmission adopt The same network coding configuration information, it can be understood that, in the embodiment of this application, the configuration information related to the network coding used in the uplink transmission direction and the configuration information related to the network coding used in the downlink transmission direction can also be two independent sets of each other. Configuration information, that is, different network coding configurations are used for uplink transmission and downlink transmission.
  • the above embodiments of the present application mainly solve the problem of reduced reliability of data transmission when a link is blocked in the scenario of multi-path transmission in the IAB system, and at the same time, it also avoids the modification of the existing UE. A good way to achieve good results.
  • the embodiment of this application introduces the network coding function on the access IAB node and the Donor DU respectively, and utilizes the characteristics of network coding (that is, no matter which link it is from, it can be decoded correctly as long as enough coded data packets are received) , Thereby improving the reliability of data transmission in the IAB scenario and reducing the time delay of data transmission.
  • the second embodiment mainly corresponds to the aforementioned application 2: the execution of the network coding function on the UE and the Donor CU respectively is described in detail.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the IAB system introducing the network coding function, showing UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, Donor CU and other network elements, where There are two transmission paths between IAB node 1 and Donor DU. Among them, transmission path 1 includes nodes: IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and Donor DU, and transmission path 2 includes: IAB node 1, IAB node 3 and Donor DU. .
  • transmission path 1 includes nodes: IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and Donor DU
  • transmission path 2 includes: IAB node 1, IAB node 3 and Donor DU.
  • the network coding function is executed on the UE and the Donor CU respectively.
  • the network coding function can be in the existing PDCP layer Realize (for example, expand the function of the existing PDCP layer), or, as shown in FIG. 17, introduce a new protocol layer between the PDCP layer and the GTP layer (for example, introduce a new RLNC protocol layer).
  • the network coding can be implemented per UE bearer, that is, the data of different bearers of the same UE can be independently network coded.
  • the network coding function can also be implemented in the GTP layer or the protocol layers below the GTP layer (for example: the existing UDP layer or the IP layer or a new protocol layer), that is: the following line transmission as an example
  • Donor CU maps a PDCP PDU of the UE to the corresponding GTP tunnel to obtain a GTP tunnel packet.
  • Donor CU can perform network coding operations on one or more GTP tunnel packets to obtain the network coded data packet and encapsulate it in an IP packet and send it to Donor DU, the Donor DU sends the received IP packets to the access IAB node through different paths.
  • the access IAB node decodes the IP packets received from different paths to obtain the GTP tunnel packet, and sends it to the GTP layer for processing to obtain the PDCP PDU of the UE, and further sends the obtained PDCP PDU to the UE. .
  • the network coding function is implemented in the existing PDCP layer, or the implementation in a new protocol layer between the PDCP layer and the GTP layer is taken as an example for description.
  • the system processing flow after the introduction of the network coding function includes:
  • the Donor CU After the Donor CU performs network encoding on one or more PDCP PDUs belonging to the UE, it maps the encoded data packet to the corresponding GTP tunnel to generate an IP packet, and sends the IP packet to the Donor DU.
  • the Donor DU can be based on the received IP
  • the DSCP/flow label value carried in the header field maps the received IP packets to different paths and sends them to IAB node 1. For example, transmission path 1 transmits through IAB node 2, transmission path 2 transmits through IAB node 3, and IAB node 1
  • the IP packets received from different paths are sent to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then the encoded data packets are obtained, and the encoded data packets are sent to the UE.
  • the UE decodes the received encoded data packet and recovers the PDCP PDU of the UE, which is then handed over to the PDCP layer for processing (for example, sorting and/or duplicate packet detection).
  • the IAB system can make offloading decisions on different transmission paths in the downstream direction.
  • the Donor CU determines the downstream offloading of the Donor DU. For example, the Donor CU determines the Which IP packets of the bearer of the same UE are sent through transmission path 1, and which IP packets are sent through transmission path 2. For example, Donor CU can add different IP headers of one or more IP packets belonging to the bearer of the same UE To achieve the DSCP/flow label.
  • the Donor DU maps the IP packets with different DSCP/flow label values received from the Donor CU to the corresponding paths for transmission.
  • the Donor CU in order to help the Donor CU to make offloading decisions, the Donor CU needs to know the transmission status of IP packets on different paths. For example, it can be accessed through an IAB node (IAB Node 1) implements the per UE bearer DDDS feedback sent to the Donor CU, where the content carried in the existing DDDS message needs to be extended, and one or more of the following information is additionally added:
  • IAB Node 1 implements the per UE bearer DDDS feedback sent to the Donor CU, where the content carried in the existing DDDS message needs to be extended, and one or more of the following information is additionally added:
  • the Routing ID includes Path ID and BAP address (the BAP address of the routing target, for example: the BAP address of the access IAB node).
  • the received data rate, the amount of received data, and the size of the received buffer all correspond to the path information one-to-one. That is, the DDDS message carries the received data rate or the amount of received data or the size of the received buffer on a certain transmission path.
  • the GTP tunnels (GTP-U1 and/or GTP-U2) of the per UE bearer are established at the access IAB node (IAB node 1 in Figure 17). DU part) and Donor CU-UP.
  • Donor CU-CP needs to send to Donor CU-UP an offload ratio indication information for multipath transmission.
  • the offload ratio indication information can be combined with the GTP tunnel identifier.
  • the offload ratio indication information may correspond to the path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID, which is used to indicate the percentage of the same UE bearer that Donor CU-UP needs to share The data volume is diverted to GTP-U1 for transmission, and/or what percentage of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U2 for transmission.
  • the offload ratio indication information can be used to indicate that the Donor CU-UP needs to mark what percentage of the IP packets in the same UE bearer with the DSCP1/flow label1 value, and/or what percentage of the IP packets need to be marked with DSCP2/flow label2 value.
  • the configuration information related to network coding can be carried in an RRC message and sent to the UE.
  • the configuration information related to network coding includes one or more of the following information:
  • Raptor Q code for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
  • the size of the data block for network coding for example: the size/length of the object.
  • each source data block for example: the length of the symbol.
  • the network coding function in the downlink direction is activated by default.
  • the Donor CU sends an activation indication message to the UE to indicate that the network coding function in the downlink direction is activated.
  • the activation indication information can be used to indicate that the UE needs to respond to the received downlink data.
  • the packet is decoded by the network, it is sent to the PDCP layer for processing.
  • the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message and sent to the UE.
  • the network coding functions for uplink and downlink can be activated by using one activation indication message, or can be activated by using two activation indication messages respectively.
  • the system processing flow after the introduction of the network coding function includes:
  • the UE Similar to the downlink direction, after the UE performs network encoding on its PDCP PDU, it sends the encoded data packet to the access IAB node (IAB node 1 in Figure 17), and IAB node 1 maps the received encoded data packet to the corresponding GTP After the tunnel, IP packets are generated, and the IP packets are mapped to different paths and sent to the Donor DU, and the Donor DU sends the IP packets received on the different paths to the Donor CU.
  • IAB node 1 IAB node 1 in Figure 17
  • Donor CU sends the received IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing and then obtains the encoded data packet, decodes the obtained encoded data packet, and recovers the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then sends the PDCP PDU to the PDCP layer To process.
  • the Donor CU may decide to access the upstream offloading of the IAB node (IAB node 1 in FIG. 17), namely: Donor CU Decide which IP packets belonging to the same UE bearer are sent through transmission path 1, and which IP packets are sent through transmission path 2.
  • the Donor CU is the same UE bearer that establishes two GTP tunnels GTP-U1 and GTP-U2 between the access IAB node (the DU part of IAB node 1) and the Donor CU.
  • the GTP tunnel corresponds to the same UE DRB between the UE and the IAB node 1.
  • Donor CU can also configure the mapping relationship between these two different GTP tunnels and different paths for accessing IAB nodes, for example: map GTP-U 1 to path 1, perform uplink transmission through IAB node 2, and/or GTP-U 2 is mapped to transmission path 2, and is transmitted through IAB node 3.
  • the Donor CU in order to help the access IAB node perform the offload decision of the Donor CU, the Donor CU sends an indication message to the access IAB node (IAB node 1 in Figure 17) to indicate the offload ratio on different paths. So that the access IAB node knows what percentage of the data volume received from the same UE DRB needs to be diverted to GTP-U1 for transmission, and/or what percentage of the data volume needs to be diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission .
  • the indication information is used to indicate that 70% of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or 30% of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission; exemplarily, the data volume refers to The amount of data after encoding.
  • the offload ratio indication information can correspond to the GTP tunnel identifier, that is, the Donor CU is configured to the access IAB node during the GTP tunnel establishment process, or the Donor CU is based on the chain of the transmission path after the GTP tunnel is established.
  • the offload ratio indication information may correspond to path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID.
  • the Donor CU may carry the offload ratio indication information in an RRC message and send it to the MT accessing the IAB node, or carry it in an F1AP message and send it to the DU accessing the IAB node.
  • the Donor CU determines the mapping relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, but the data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node itself, that is, after the access IAB node receives the encoded data packet from the same UE DRB, The access IAB node decides on its own what percentage of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or what percentage of data volume is diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission.
  • the access IAB node can also adjust the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different paths by itself according to the conditions of sending data on different paths.
  • the Donor CU can be the same UE’s bearer when accessing the IAB node (the DU part of IAB node 1 in Figure 17) and the Donor CU.
  • a GTP tunnel GTP-U 1 is established.
  • This GTP tunnel corresponds to the UE DRB between the UE and the IAB node 1 in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the Donor CU can also configure the mapping relationship between this GTP tunnel and different paths for the access IAB node. For example, the GTP-U 1 can be mapped to the transmission path 1, and transmitted through the IAB node 2, and/or, The GTP-U 1 can be mapped to the transmission path 2 and transmitted through the IAB node 3.
  • the Donor CU may also send indication information to the access IAB node for indicating the offload ratio on different transmission paths, so that the access IAB node can learn from the same UE DRB What percentage of the received data volume needs to be transmitted through transmission path 1, and/or, what percentage of the data volume needs to be transmitted through transmission path 2.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that 70% of the data volume is transmitted through the transmission path 1, and/or 30% of the data volume is transmitted through the path 2.
  • the indication information corresponds to path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID.
  • the Donor CU may carry the indication information in the RRC message and send it to the MT part that accesses the IAB node, or the Donor CU may carry the indication information in the F1AP message and send it to the DU part that accesses the IAB node.
  • the Donor CU determines the mapping relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, but the data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node itself, that is, the access IAB node receives data from the same UE DRB and performs the encoding operation to generate After encoding the data packet, determine by itself what percentage of the data volume is transmitted through path 1, and/or, what percentage of the data volume is transmitted through path 2.
  • the access IAB node can also adjust the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different paths by itself according to the conditions of sending data on different paths.
  • Donor CU sends the network to the UE Encoding-related configuration information.
  • the configuration information related to the network coding may include one or more of the following:
  • Raptor Q code for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
  • the size of the data block for network coding for example: the length of the object, in bytes.
  • each source data block for example: the length of the symbol, or the number of symbols contained in each block.
  • the Donor CU may carry the foregoing network coding-related configuration information in an RRC message and send it to the UE.
  • the Donor CU may send indication information for activating the network coding function to the UE, which is used to indicate that the network coding function for the uplink transmission direction is activated.
  • the activation indication for the uplink transmission The information may instruct the UE to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent, and the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message and sent to the UE.
  • the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated by using the same activation indication information, or can be activated by using two activation indication information respectively.
  • the configuration information related to network coding used for uplink transmission and the configuration information related to network coding used for downlink transmission can be a set of information, that is, the same network coding configuration information is used for uplink transmission and downlink transmission, which is understandable
  • the configuration information related to network coding used in the uplink transmission direction and the configuration information related to network coding used in the downlink transmission direction may also be two independent sets of configuration information, namely, uplink transmission and downlink transmission. Use different network coding configurations respectively.
  • an improvement over the prior art is that the embodiment of the present application introduces the network coding function in the L2 protocol on the RAN side, which solves the problem of IAB
  • the reliability of data transmission is reduced due to the blockage of one link. , That is, by introducing network coding functions on the UE and Donor CU respectively, and using the characteristics of network coding (no matter which link, as long as enough coded data packets are received, it can be decoded correctly), thereby improving the performance in the IAB scenario.
  • the reliability of data transmission reduces the time delay of data transmission.
  • transmission path 1 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU1-IAB Donor CU
  • transmission path 2 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3-IAB Donor DU2-IAB Donor CU
  • network coding functions are implemented on UE and IAB Donor CU respectively.
  • the third embodiment mainly corresponds to the aforementioned application 3: the execution of the network coding function on the access IAB node and the Donor CU respectively is described in detail.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system introducing network coding functions, showing UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, Donor CU and other network elements Among them, there are two transmission paths between IAB node 1 and Donor DU. Among them, transmission path 1 includes nodes: IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and Donor DU, and transmission path 2 includes: IAB node 1, IAB node 3 and Donor DU.
  • transmission path 1 includes nodes: IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and Donor DU
  • transmission path 2 includes: IAB node 1, IAB node 3 and Donor DU.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 17 is different.
  • the network coding function is performed on the access IAB node and the Donor CU respectively, that is, for downlink transmission .
  • the access IAB node sends the IP packets received on different paths to the GTP-U layer for processing and obtains the encoded data packet, decodes the encoded data packet, and restores the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then restores it.
  • the PDCP PDU is sent to the UE and handed over to the PDCP layer of the UE for processing (for example, performing operations such as sorting and/or repeated packet detection). That is to say, in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the UE and the access IAB node (the DU part of IAB node 1 in FIG. 17) are transmitted with coded data packets, and the coded data packets are decoded by the UE and restored. Out PDCP PDU.
  • the access IAB node decodes the encoded data packet and recovers the PDCP PDU of the UE, which is then sent to the UE through the interface between the UE and the access IAB node.
  • Donor CU sends all configuration information related to network coding. To the UE, but in this embodiment, the information needs to be sent to the access IAB node, that is, the Donor CU configures the information related to the network coding of the per UE bearer for the access IAB node.
  • the solution of the third embodiment is also applicable to the cross-donor DU scenario.
  • UE for the cross-donor DU scenario, UE, IAB node 1 (access to IAB node), IAB node 2, IAB node 3.
  • Network elements such as IAB Donor DU1, IAB Donor DU2, and IAB Donor CU form an IAB communication system with two transmission links.
  • transmission path 1 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU1-IAB Donor CU
  • transmission path 2 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3-IAB Donor DU2-IAB Donor CU
  • the function of network coding is implemented on the access IAB node and IAB Donor CU respectively.
  • the network coding operation mechanism and process applicable to the cross-DonorDU scenario please refer to the description of the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the application of network coding is mainly at the application layer, and there is no application at the RAN side.
  • This embodiment introduces the network in the L2 protocol on the RAN side.
  • the coding function mainly solves the problem of reducing the reliability of data transmission when one link is blocked in the IAB multi-connection scenario, while avoiding changes to the UE, that is, by introducing network coding on the access IAB node and Donor CU respectively.
  • the function uses the characteristics of network coding (no matter which link it is from, as long as enough coded data packets are received, it can be decoded correctly), thereby improving the reliability of data transmission in the IAB scenario and reducing the delay of data transmission.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system provided by another embodiment of the application.
  • an IAB node in an IAB network, can be connected to at least one parent node (for example, IAB node 3 in Fig. 19), and then pass through the parent node.
  • the node is connected to the IAB host.
  • the IAB host is considered as a separate architecture for the centralized unit (CU, Centralized Unit) and the distributed unit (DU, Distributed Unit)
  • the IAB host (IAB Donor) can include the IAB host CU (Donor CU) and the IAB host DU (Donor) DU) part.
  • the IAB host CU may also be in a form in which the control plane (CP, control plane) and the user plane (UP, user plane) are separated, so that the IAB host CU includes the IAB host CU-CP and the IAB host CU-UP. Since the IAB node also supports multiple connections on the backhaul link, the IAB node may connect to one or more IAB host DUs, and then connect to the IAB host CU via one or more IAB host DUs.
  • the IAB node in the embodiment of the present application may be directly connected to the IAB host DU, or connected to the IAB host DU through one or more intermediate IAB nodes. For example, in FIG.
  • the IAB node 3 is connected to the IAB host DU1 via the intermediate IAB node 2, and is connected to the IAB host DU2 via the intermediate IAB node 1.
  • the IAB node 1 in FIG. 19 is directly connected to the IAB host DU2.
  • the wireless link between the IAB nodes may be a wireless backhaul link based on the NR standard.
  • the interface between the IAB host CU-CP and the CU-UP can be called the E1 interface
  • the interface between the IAB host DU and the IAB host CU can be called the F1 interface
  • the IAB host DU and the IAB host CU-CP The interface can be called the F1 control plane (F1-C) interface
  • the interface between the IAB host DU and the IAB host CU-UP can be called the F1 user plane (F1-U) interface.
  • the DU part of the IAB node needs to obtain the IP address first, and then use its own IP address to communicate with the IAB host CU or other network elements (such as the OAM server of the IAB node, the security gateway SeGW (security gateway), etc. ) Communication, where the IAB host CU may also specifically include IAB host CU-CP, IAB host CU-UP), because the IP layer-based communication between the IAB node and the IAB host CU or the other network elements needs to be connected to the IAB
  • the host DU transmits IP data packets, so the IP address obtained by the IAB node needs to have a corresponding relationship with the IAB host DU it is connected to.
  • the corresponding relationship may mean that the IP address of the IAB node and the IP address of the IAB host DU are in the same network segment, or The IP address of the IAB node is the same as the network prefix part of the IP address of the IAB host DU, or the IP address of the IAB node is allocated by the IAB host DU (for example, the IP address of the IAB node is obtained by the IAB host DU from the address server and allocated , Or the IP address of the IAB node is allocated by the IAB host DU from the IP address resource pool maintained by it), so that it can ensure that the IAB node needs to receive IP layer data packets from the IAB host CU or the other network elements , These IP layer data packets will be forwarded to the IAB host DU that the IAB node is connected to, and then transmitted to the IAB node via the IAB host DU.
  • an IAB node wants to transmit an IP layer data packet via an IAB host DU it is connected to, if the source IP address it selects is not an IP address corresponding to the IAB host DU, and the intermediate node forwarded by the IP layer ( Including IAB donor DU) is configured with certain source IP address filtering rules (for example, only the data packets with the source IP address of the specified network segment can be forwarded, and the others will be discarded), then these IP layer data packets may not pass at the IP layer
  • the source IP address filtering rules configured by the forwarding intermediate nodes cause data packets to be discarded at these intermediate nodes. In order to avoid this problem, the following solutions are considered in the embodiments of this application:
  • the IAB host CU provides the IAB node with a mapping rule for source IP address selection.
  • the mapping rule is used to specify a mapping relationship between an IAB node's own IP address and any one or more of the following : The designated BAP layer address; the designated BAP routing ID (BAP routing ID); or, the general packet radio service tunneling protocol (general packet radio service tunneling) of the F1 interface user plane data packet between the IAB node and the IAB host CU protocol, GTP for short) tunnel information; or, the F1 interface control plane (F1-C) data packet type information between the IAB node and the IAB host CU; or the non-F1 interface (non-F1 interface) transmitted between the IAB node and the IAB host CU -F1) Type information of the data packet.
  • the designated BAP address is a target node of uplink transmission, that is, an IAB host node (specifically, it may be, for example, an IAB host CU or an IAB host DU).
  • the designated route identifier of the BAP layer is used to identify the transmission path from the IAB node to a designated IAB host DU.
  • the designated BAP layer routing identifier includes the BAP layer address of the IAB host node and the transmission path identifier (BAP path ID) to the IAB host node.
  • BAP path ID transmission path identifier
  • the BAP layer address of the IAB node is used to identify the designated IAB host DU.
  • the GTP tunnel protocol tunnel information on the user plane of the F1 interface between the IAB node and the IAB host CU may be GTP TEID+IP address.
  • GTP TEID refers to the tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID for short) of the GTP tunnel allocated by the IAB host CU (specifically, the IAB host CU-UP) for the data radio bearer (DRB) of the terminal device served by the IAB node ), the IP address is the IP address of the IAB host CU (specifically, it may be the IAB host CU-UP).
  • the type information of the F1 interface control plane data packet between the IAB node and the IAB host CU may specifically be a UE-associated F1AP message type or a UE-independent (UE-associated) F1AP message type.
  • the IAB host CU may use a control plane message (for example, an F1AP message or an RRC message) to send the mapping rule for source IP address selection to the IAB node.
  • a control plane message for example, an F1AP message or an RRC message
  • the IAB node needs to send an uplink data packet, it can select the appropriate source IP address according to the BAP layer routing identifier to be added to the uplink data packet; or, if the uplink data packet is F1 interface control plane data Packet, you can select the appropriate source IP address according to whether the uplink data packet belongs to the UE-related F1AP message type or the UE-independent F1AP message type, or the uplink data packet is a data packet on the F1 interface user plane, then you can Select the appropriate source IP address according to the GTP tunnel information in the upstream data packet; or, if the upstream data packet is a data packet with a non-F1 interface type, you can select the IP address corresponding to the non-F1 interface type in the
  • the appropriate IP address selected by the mapping rule is the IP address corresponding to the designated IAB host DU.
  • the IAB node uses this IP address as the source IP address to send uplink data packets, which can avoid data packets being forwarded at the IP layer. The node was discarded because the source IP address filtering criteria did not meet the problem.
  • an access IAB node when it transmits an uplink data packet, it can select an appropriate source IP address for the uplink data packet to send the uplink data packet according to the mapping rule selected by the source IP address it obtains , To avoid the problem of data packets being discarded because the source IP address filtering criteria are not met in the nodes forwarded by the IP layer.
  • FIG. 20 it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the apparatus 2000 can correspond to the UE described in the foregoing method embodiment, and access an IAB node (such as the IAB node 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU. Or, it can also be applied to the aforementioned UE to access the IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU chip or hardware components .
  • IAB node such as the IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node
  • Each module or unit in the device 2000 can be used to execute the UE in the above system or method embodiment, and access the IAB node (IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or each operation or processing performed by Donor CU.
  • the device 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2010 and a processing unit 2020.
  • the processing unit 2020 is used to execute the UE in the above method side embodiment and access the IAB node (IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1 ), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU respectively perform operations or processing procedures.
  • the transceiver unit 2010 is used to perform the necessary specific information transceiver and interaction under the driving of the processing unit 2020, so as to achieve the implementation of the aforementioned system or method side The corresponding technical effects described in the example.
  • the device 2000 may also include a necessary storage unit to store computer programs or instructions required to implement the foregoing method-side embodiments.
  • the processing unit 2020 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by a chip system.
  • the transceiver unit 2010 may be implemented by a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • another type of communication device 2100 may include at least one processor 2110, and may also include a transceiver 2130.
  • the transceiver 2130 may be an interface circuit or an input/output circuit.
  • the device 2100 may further include a memory 2120. When the device 2100 does not include the memory 2120, the memory 2120 is an external memory.
  • the aforementioned processor 2110, transceiver 2130, and memory 2120 may be coupled through a communication line.
  • the device 2100 can correspond to the UE described in the foregoing system or method embodiment, and access an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, Or Donor CU. Or, it can also be applied to UE, access to IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU chip or Hardware components.
  • IAB node such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1
  • IAB node such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1
  • IAB node such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of I
  • the memory 2120 stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor 2110 executes the computer instructions, so that the device 2100 implements the UE in the above system or method side embodiment and accesses an IAB node (such as an IAB node). 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1), the operation or processing performed by the IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU, respectively.
  • each unit in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function.
  • the processing element may also be called a processor, and may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, DSPs, ASICs, FPGAs or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates, or Transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (For example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • the UE accesses an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, or
  • the unit of Donor CU that implements each step in the above method embodiments may be configured as one or more processing elements. These processing elements are set on the baseband device of the network equipment.
  • the processing elements here may be integrated circuits, for example: one or more One ASIC, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, one or more general-purpose application processors, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the units that implement the steps in the above methods can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-chip.
  • the baseband device includes the SOC chip for implementing the above methods.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: the aforementioned UE, which accesses an IAB node (such as the IAB node 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1), the IAB node, and the IAB One or more of Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU.
  • an IAB node such as the IAB node 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1
  • the IAB node and the IAB One or more of Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes instructions.
  • the instructions When the instructions are executed, the UE in the foregoing embodiment is executed to access an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1). Or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU respectively corresponding operations.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication device executes any of the methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • any communication device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions.
  • static storage devices RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the foregoing may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the programs of the foregoing communication method.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in.
  • the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • system and "network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • and/or in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • uplink and downlink appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario.
  • the "uplink” direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side.
  • the “downlink” direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction in which the centralized unit transmits to the distributed unit.
  • uplink and downlink “It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission, and the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may also be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • this function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a network coding method. The method can be applied in an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network. The IAB network comprises an IAB donor and an access IAB node. The IAB donor comprises a donor distributed unit (DU) and a donor centralized unit (CU). The method comprises: the donor DU performs network coding operation on data of user equipment sent by the donor CU to generate a coding data packet; the donor DU sends the generated coding data packet to the access IAB node. According to the embodiments of the present application, the network coding function is introduced into the IAB network so as to improve the reliability of data transmission in an IAB system and reduce the data transmission delay.

Description

网络编码方法和通信装置Network coding method and communication device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更为具体的,涉及一种可应用于IAB通信网络的网络编码方法,通信装置,及系统等。This application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a network coding method, communication device, and system that can be applied to an IAB communication network.
背景技术Background technique
下一代通信系统针对通信网络的各项性能指标提出了更严苛的要求。例如,网络容量指标需要提升1000倍、更广的覆盖需求、超高可靠性以及超低时延等等。因此,引入了无线接入回传一体化(Integrated Access And Backhaul,IAB)网络技术。The next-generation communication system puts forward more stringent requirements for various performance indicators of the communication network. For example, network capacity indicators need to be increased by 1000 times, wider coverage requirements, ultra-high reliability and ultra-low latency, and so on. Therefore, the Integrated Access And Backhaul (IAB) network technology has been introduced.
在IAB网络中,中继节点(Relay Node,RN),或者也称为IAB节点(IAB node),可以为用户设备提供无线接入和无线回传(Backhaul,BH)服务。具体的,用户设备的业务数据由IAB节点通过无线回传链路连接到IAB宿主节点(IAB Donor),IAB宿主节点也可以称为宿主IAB(Donor IAB)节点或者IAB宿主基站。在下一代新空口(New Radio,NR)通信系统中,IAB宿主基站可以是宿主下一代基站(Donor gNodeB,DgNB),在长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统(或称4G系统)中,该IAB宿主基站可以是宿主演进型基站(Donor eNodeB,DeNB),IAB宿主节点也可以简称为:gNB,eNB或者IAB Donor。In an IAB network, a relay node (Relay Node, RN), or also called an IAB node (IAB node), can provide wireless access and wireless backhaul (BH) services for user equipment. Specifically, the service data of the user equipment is connected to the IAB Donor (IAB Donor) by the IAB node through a wireless backhaul link. The IAB Donor node may also be called a Donor IAB (Donor IAB) node or an IAB Donor base station. In the next-generation New Radio (NR) communication system, the IAB donor base station can be the donor next-generation base station (Donor gNodeB, DgNB). In the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system (or 4G system), The IAB donor base station may be a donor evolved base station (Donor eNodeB, DeNB), and the IAB donor node may also be referred to as gNB, eNB or IAB Donor for short.
当前,通信网络中的网络编码功能,例如,随机线性网络编码(Random Line Network Coding,RLNC)和喷泉码等,其工作原理一般包括:发送端向接收端发送编码数据包后,发送端无需等接收端的反馈信息,接收端在收到足够多的编码包后,就可以译码并恢复原始数据。以喷泉码机制为例,如图1所示,图1为一种网络编码机制的示意图,其中,发送端将待传输的一组数据作为一个对象(Object),并将该Object进行分割,得到z个块(Block),在等分切割的情况下每个Block的大小可以相同,然后再将每个Block进行分割,得到k个符号(Symbol),在等分切割的情况下每个Symbol的大小可以相同,并分别对k个Symbol进行网络编码得到编码数据包。如图2所示,图2为一种网络编码后的数据包结构的示意图,其中,发送端发送的每个编码数据包中,除了携带被编码数据(Data)以外,还可以携带以下信息:该编码数据包对应的原Block编号(Source Block Number,SBN),SBN的长度可以是8个比特(bit),以及该编码数据包对应的编码Symbol编号(Encoding Symbol ID),Symbol编号的长度可以是24比特。为了保证接收端能够正确译码,发送端通常还需要向接收端发送一些与数据编码相关的控制信息,如图3所示,图3为一种用于网络编码的控制信息的示意图,其中,控制信息包括:传输长度Transfer Length(用于指示Object的长度,单位为字节,比如40比特)、符号长度Symbol Size(用于指示Symbol的长度,单位为字节)、Z(用于指示Object中包含的block个数)、N(用于指示block包含的子块sub-block的个数)、AI(用于指示symbol之间的对齐参数),以及预留比特Reserved(如,8比特)。At present, network coding functions in communication networks, such as Random Line Network Coding (RLNC) and fountain codes, generally include: after the sender sends encoded data packets to the receiver, the sender does not need to wait The feedback information of the receiving end, after receiving enough encoded packets, the receiving end can decode and restore the original data. Take the fountain code mechanism as an example. As shown in Figure 1, Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network coding mechanism, in which the sender takes a group of data to be transmitted as an object, and divides the object to obtain z blocks (Block), the size of each block can be the same in the case of equal division, and then each block is divided to obtain k symbols (Symbol), in the case of equal division, the size of each symbol The size can be the same, and the k symbols are network-encoded to obtain encoded data packets. As shown in Figure 2, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a data packet structure after network encoding. In addition to carrying encoded data (Data), each encoded data packet sent by the sender can also carry the following information: The original Block Number (Source Block Number, SBN) corresponding to the encoded data packet, the length of the SBN can be 8 bits (bit), and the encoding Symbol ID corresponding to the encoded data packet, the length of the Symbol number can be It is 24 bits. In order to ensure that the receiving end can decode correctly, the sending end usually needs to send some control information related to data encoding to the receiving end, as shown in Figure 3, which is a schematic diagram of control information used for network encoding. The control information includes: Transfer Length (used to indicate the length of the Object, in bytes, such as 40 bits), Symbol Size (used to indicate the length of the Symbol, in bytes), Z (used to indicate the length of the Object The number of blocks contained in the block), N (used to indicate the number of sub-blocks contained in the block), AI (used to indicate the alignment parameters between symbols), and reserved bits (for example, 8 bits) .
与喷泉码机制不同的是,在网络编码机制RLNC的应用中,路径上的中间节点对收到的编码数据包并不是做简单的转发,而是对收到的编码数据包重新进行网络编码后发送(即:收到的编码数据包不需要经过译码直接再进行网络编码)。Different from the fountain code mechanism, in the application of the network coding mechanism RLNC, the intermediate node on the path does not simply forward the received coded data packet, but re-encodes the received coded data packet. Send (that is: the received encoded data packet does not need to be decoded directly before network encoding).
现有技术中,上述网络编码功能主要应用于用户面的数据传输,即在多路径场景下,如果一条链路发生阻塞(blockage),接收端只要从另一条路径收到足够多的编码数据包就能译码并恢复出原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延。但当前网络编码的功能主要应用在网络的应用层,例如,应用在通信网络中的某个应用服务器中。In the prior art, the above-mentioned network coding function is mainly applied to data transmission on the user plane, that is, in a multi-path scenario, if a link is blocked (blockage), the receiving end only needs to receive enough encoded data packets from the other path. The original data can be decoded and recovered, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing data transmission delay. However, the current network coding function is mainly applied in the application layer of the network, for example, in an application server in a communication network.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种在IAB网络中应用网络编码功能的方法,装置及系统等,以便于提高IAB系统中数据传输的可靠性,另外还可以避免接收端对不同路径上传输的同一个UE承载的数据执行重排序操作,从而可以降低数据传输时延。The embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and system for applying network coding functions in an IAB network, so as to improve the reliability of data transmission in the IAB system. In addition, it can also prevent the receiving end from responding to the same data transmitted on different paths. The data carried by the UE performs a reordering operation, which can reduce the data transmission delay.
第一方面,提供了一种网络编码方法,以下行传输为视角,该方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,该IAB Donor包括宿主分布式单元Donor DU和宿主集中式单元Donor CU,该方法包括:该Donor DU对来自该Donor CU的用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,该Donor DU将该编码数据包发给该接入IAB节点。In the first aspect, a network coding method is provided. From the perspective of the following transmission, the method is applied to access to the backhaul integrated IAB network. The IAB network includes the IAB host node IAB Donor and the access IAB node. The IAB Donor includes The donor distributed unit Donor DU and the donor centralized unit Donor CU, the method includes: the Donor DU performs a network encoding operation on the user equipment data from the Donor CU to generate an encoded data packet, and the Donor DU sends the encoded data packet Give the access to the IAB node.
通过第一方面提供的网络编码方法,在IAB网络中引入了网络编码功能,在Donor DU对来自Donor CU的用户设备(user equipment,UE)的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,然后Donor DU将生成的编码数据包通过不同传输路径发给该接入IAB节点,那么该IAB接入节点只要能从一条传输路径收到来自于该Donor DU的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出该用户设备的原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,另外还可以避免该IAB接入节点对不同传输路径上传输的同一个UE承载的数据执行重排序操作,从而可以减少数据传输时延。本申请实施例中所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Through the network coding method provided in the first aspect, the network coding function is introduced into the IAB network. The network coding operation is performed on the user equipment (UE) data from the Donor CU in the Donor DU to generate coded data packets, and then the Donor The DU sends the generated coded data packets to the access IAB node through different transmission paths, then the IAB access node can decode it as long as it can receive enough coded data packets from the Donor DU from one transmission path. And restore the original data of the user equipment, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission. In addition, it can also avoid the IAB access node from performing reordering operations on the data carried by the same UE transmitted on different transmission paths, thereby reducing data transmission. Time delay. The network code involved in the embodiment of the application may be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收来自于该Donor CU的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于进行该网络编码操作。在该实现方式中,Donor CU通过向Dornor DU发送配置信息,使得Donor DU能够获得进行网络编码操作所需的配置信息,可选的,Donor CU向Dornor DU发送该配置信息,也意味着同时指示Donor DU的网络编码操作功能被激活。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information is used to perform the network coding operation. In this implementation, the Donor CU sends configuration information to the Dornor DU so that the Donor DU can obtain the configuration information required for network coding operations. Optionally, the Donor CU sends the configuration information to the Dornor DU, which also means to indicate at the same time Donor DU's network coding operation function is activated.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块包含的字符长度。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收来自于该Donor CU的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于激活该Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,以便于该Donor DU执行该网络编码操作,可选的,该第一指示信息也可以用于去激活或关闭Donor DU的网络编码功能。通过该实现方式,Donor CU发送指示激活或去激活Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,使得Donor DU的网络编码操作功能的激活和去激活是可由Donor CU来控制的。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU receives first indication information from the Donor CU, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that The network coding operation is performed on the Donor DU. Optionally, the first indication information may also be used to deactivate or deactivate the network coding function of the Donor DU. Through this implementation, the Donor CU sends instructions to activate or deactivate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that the activation and deactivation of the network coding operation function of the Donor DU can be controlled by the Donor CU.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收来自于该Donor CU的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息可用来指示Donor DU生成的编码数据包在不同的传输路径的传输比例,比如,该第二指示信息可以包括:编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例,其中,传输路径1或传输路径2是 Donor DU和接入IAB节点之间的不同传输链路,比如,该传输路径1包括节点:该Donor DU,第一IAB节点和该接入IAB节点,该传输路径2包括节点:该Donor DU,第二IAB节点和该接入IAB节点。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以指示Donor DU在进行下行方向数据传输时,Donor DU生成的网络编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU receives second indication information from the Donor CU, and the second indication information may be used to indicate that the coded data packets generated by the Donor DU are in different The transmission ratio of the transmission path. For example, the second indication information may include: the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2, where the transmission path 1 or the transmission path 2 is a different transmission link between the Donor DU and the access IAB node. For example, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB node and the access IAB node. Through this implementation method, the Donor CU can instruct the Donor DU to transmit the network coded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links when transmitting data in the downlink direction, so as to more effectively realize the load balance between the different links. Or it is beneficial to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该Donor DU,第一IAB节点和该接入IAB节点,该传输路径2包括节点:该Donor DU,第二IAB节点和该接入IAB节点。通过本实现方式,Donor DU可以根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定Donor DU生成的编码数据包在不同链路的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU determines the transmission ratio of the coded data packet in the transmission path 1 according to the transmission condition of the downlink transmission path, and/or, the coded data packet is in the transmission path The transmission ratio of 2; where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB node and the access IAB node . Through this implementation, the Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links according to the transmission conditions of the downlink transmission path, so as to achieve load balance between different links more effectively, or to facilitate It is actually necessary to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该Donor DU接收该Donor CU发送的该下行传输路径的传输情况,该下行传输路径的传输情况包括:该传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,该传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以向Donor DU通知传输路径1和/或传输路径2的下行传输情况。可选的,获知传输路径1和/或传输路径2的下行传输情况后,Donor DU可以根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the Donor DU receives the transmission status of the downlink transmission path sent by the Donor CU, and the transmission status of the downlink transmission path includes: any of the following information of the transmission path 1 One or more types: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer. Through this implementation, the Donor CU can notify the Donor DU of the downlink transmission status of the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission path 2. Optionally, after learning the downlink transmission status of transmission path 1 and/or transmission path 2, Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the downlink transmission path, and/or the encoded data packet Transmission ratio in transmission path 2.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收来自于该Donor CU的第二配置信息,该第二配置信息包括服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息,该服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息对应,该至少一个路径信息包括:该传输路径1的信息,和/或,该传输路径2的信息。其中,可选的,服务质量信息可以是一个或多个用户设备的业务数据所对应的服务质量信息。通过本实现方式,该Donor DU接收该第二配置信息后,Donor DU可以根据待传输数据的服务质量信息和路径信息的对应关系,将待传输数据经过网络编码操作后生成的编码数据包通过传输路径1,和/或,传输路径2进行下行传输。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU receives second configuration information from the Donor CU, the second configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information, and the quality of service The information corresponds to at least one piece of path information, and the at least one piece of path information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2. Wherein, optionally, the service quality information may be service quality information corresponding to service data of one or more user equipments. Through this implementation, after the Donor DU receives the second configuration information, the Donor DU can transmit the encoded data packet generated after the data to be transmitted through the network encoding operation according to the corresponding relationship between the service quality information of the data to be transmitted and the path information. Path 1, and/or, transmission path 2 for downlink transmission.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该服务质量信息包括:区分服务编码点DSCP,和/或,数据流标签Flow Label;该路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the quality of service information includes: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label; the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and/or a route Identifies the Routing ID.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该网络编码操作在该Donor DU执行回传适配协议(Backhaul Adaptation Protocol,BAP)层加头操作之前执行。也就是说,在Donor DU的协议栈设计时,可以将网络编码操作的功能包含在BAP层功能中,或者,在进行Donor DU的协议栈设计时,在BAP层和英特网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)层之间新引入一个协议层用于实现网络编码操作。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the network coding operation is performed before the Donor DU performs the Backhaul Adaptation Protocol (BAP) layer adding operation. In other words, in the Donor DU protocol stack design, the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or when the Donor DU protocol stack is designed, the BAP layer and the Internet Protocol (Internet Protocol, A new protocol layer is introduced between IP) layers to implement network coding operations.
以上本申请第一方面主要从Donor DU角度对下行传输进行了描述,以下本申请第二方面主要从Donor CU角度进行论述,可以理解的是,以上第一方面和第二方面可以是同一技术方案从不同角度的描述,互相之间可以结合理解,以上第一方面和第二方面也可以单独用于技术方案的描述。可以理解的是,不同方面中对于相同或者类似技术特征的技术 效果,如之前已经描述过,则后续不再一一赘述。The first aspect of this application above mainly describes downlink transmission from the perspective of Donor DU, and the second aspect of this application is mainly discussed from the perspective of Donor CU. It is understandable that the above first aspect and second aspect can be the same technical solution. From different angles of description, it can be understood in combination with each other, the above first aspect and second aspect can also be used separately for the description of the technical solution. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so we will not repeat them one by one in the following.
本申请第二方面提出了一种网络编码方法,应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor,该宿主节点包括宿主集中式单元Donor CU和宿主分布式单元Donor DU,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该Donor DU发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置该Donor DU对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,以生成编码数据包并将该编码数据包发向该IAB网络中的接入IAB节点。The second aspect of this application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to access backhaul integrated IAB network. The IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor, and the host node includes a host centralized unit Donor CU and a host distributed unit Donor DU, the method includes: the Donor CU sends first configuration information to the Donor DU, the first configuration information is used to configure the Donor DU to perform a network encoding operation on the data of the user equipment, to generate an encoded data packet and the encoded data The packet is sent to the access IAB node in the IAB network.
通过第二方面提出的网络编码方法,Donor CU通过向Dornor DU发送配置信息,使得Donor DU能够获得进行网络编码操作所需的配置信息。可选的,Donor CU向Dornor DU发送该配置信息,也意味着同时指示Donor DU的网络编码操作功能被激活。通过在IAB网络中引入网络编码功能,IAB网络中的IAB接入节点只要能从一条路径收到来自于该Donor DU的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延,所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Through the network coding method proposed in the second aspect, the Donor CU sends configuration information to the Dornor DU, so that the Donor DU can obtain the configuration information required for the network coding operation. Optionally, the Donor CU sends the configuration information to the Dornor DU, which also means that the network coding operation function of the Donor DU is also activated. By introducing the network coding function into the IAB network, the IAB access node in the IAB network can decode and recover the original data as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the Donor DU from one path, thereby improving Reliability of data transmission and reduction of data transmission delay. The network code involved may be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块包含的字符长度。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该Donor DU发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于激活该Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,以便于该Donor DU执行该网络编码操作,或者,该第一指示信息用于去激活该Donor DU的网络编码操作功能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends first indication information to the Donor DU, and the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU to facilitate the The Donor DU performs the network coding operation, or the first indication information is used to deactivate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该Donor DU发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息包括编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该Donor DU,第一IAB节点和该接入IAB节点;该传输路径2包括节点:该Donor DU,第二IAB节点和该接入IAB节点。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends second indication information to the Donor DU, the second indication information includes the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or , The transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node and the access IAB node; the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB The node and the access IAB node.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该Donor DU发送第二配置信息,该第二配置信息包括服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息,该服务质量信息和该至少一个路径信息对应,该至少一个路径信息包括:传输路径1的信息,和/或,传输路径2的信息。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends second configuration information to the Donor DU, the second configuration information includes service quality information and at least one path information, the service quality information and Corresponding to the at least one path information, the at least one path information includes: the information of the transmission path 1 and/or the information of the transmission path 2.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU接收来自于该接入IAB节点的下行数据发送状态(Downlink Data Delivery Status,DDDS)信息,该DDDS信息包括路径信息及以下与该路径信息对应的任一种或多种信息:传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以获知各个下行传输路径的数据传输情况,例如:传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小等一种或多种信息,由此带来的一个技术效果是,后续Donor CU可以根据各个下行传输路径的数据传输情况,指示数据在下行各传输路径上的合理的传输比例。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU receives downlink data delivery status (Downlink Data Delivery Status, DDDS) information from the access IAB node, and the DDDS information includes path information and Any one or more of the following information corresponding to the path information: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size. Through this implementation, Donor CU can learn the data transmission status of each downlink transmission path, such as: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size, etc. one or more kinds of information. A technical effect brought by this is: Subsequent Donor CU can indicate the reasonable transmission ratio of data on each downlink transmission path according to the data transmission situation of each downlink transmission path.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该服务质量信息包括:区分服务编码点DSCP,和/或,数据流标签Flow Label;该路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the quality of service information includes: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label; the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and/or a route Identifies the Routing ID.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该接入IAB节点 发送该第一配置信息。通过本实现方式,使得作为编码数据包的接收端的接入IAB节点能够获得网络编码操作功能所需的配置信息,从而能够对接收的编码数据包进行译码,恢复出原始数据。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends the first configuration information to the access IAB node. Through this implementation, the access IAB node as the receiving end of the encoded data packet can obtain the configuration information required by the network encoding operation function, so that the received encoded data packet can be decoded and the original data can be restored.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该接入IAB节点发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于激活该接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,以便于该接入IAB节点对接收的该网络编码包进行译码处理。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends third indication information to the access IAB node, and the third indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node , So that the access IAB node decodes the received network code packet.
以上本申请第一方面主要从Donor DU角度对下行传输进行了描述,本申请第二方面主要从Donor CU角度对下行传输进行描述,以下本申请第三方面主要从接入IAB节点对本申请实施例进行描述,可以理解的是,本申请第一方面、第二方面和第三方面可以是同一技术方案从不同角度的描述,互相之间可以结合理解,也可以单独用于技术方案描述。可以理解的是,不同方面中对于相同或者类似技术特征的技术效果,如之前已经描述过,则后续不再一一赘述。The first aspect of this application above mainly describes the downlink transmission from the perspective of Donor DU. The second aspect of this application mainly describes the downlink transmission from the perspective of Donor CU. The following third aspect of this application mainly describes the embodiments of this application from the perspective of accessing IAB nodes. In the description, it can be understood that the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect of the present application may be the same technical solution described from different angles, which can be understood in combination with each other, or may be used separately for the description of the technical solution. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so they will not be repeated hereafter.
本申请第三方面提供了一种网络编码方法,该方法应用于无线接入回传一体化IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,该IAB Donor包括宿主分布式单元Donor DU和宿主集中式单元Donor CU,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor DU对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作后生成的编码数据包;该接入IAB节点对接收到的该编码数据包执行译码操作,恢复出该用户设备的数据。通过第三方面提供的网络编码方法,在IAB网络中引入了网络编码操作,在Donor DU对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,然后Donor DU将生成的编码数据包通过不同路径发给该接入IAB节点,那么该接入IAB节点只要能从一条路径收到来自于该Donor DU的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延,所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The third aspect of this application provides a network coding method, which is applied to a wireless access backhaul integrated IAB network. The IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node. The IAB Donor includes a host distributed unit Donor DU and donor centralized unit Donor CU, the method includes: the access IAB node receives the coded data packet generated after the Donor DU performs the network coding operation on the user equipment; the access IAB node responds to the received The encoded data packet performs a decoding operation to recover the data of the user equipment. Through the network coding method provided by the third aspect, the network coding operation is introduced in the IAB network. The network coding operation is performed on the data of the user equipment in the Donor DU to generate coded data packets, and then the Donor DU passes the generated coded data packets through different paths Sent to the access IAB node, then the access IAB node can decode and recover the original data as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the Donor DU from one path, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission The network code involved can be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor CU的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于指示网络编码操作相关的参数,以便该接入IAB节点对接收的该编码数据包进行译码操作。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information is used to indicate parameters related to network coding operations, so that The access IAB node performs a decoding operation on the received encoded data packet.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块包含的字符长度。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点向该Donor CU发送下行数据发送状态DDDS信息,该DDDS信息包括路径信息及以下与该路径信息对应的任一种或多种信息:传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node sends downlink data transmission status DDDS information to the Donor CU, where the DDDS information includes path information and any of the following corresponding to the path information One or more kinds of information: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the path information includes: Path ID, and/or Routing ID.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor CU的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于激活该接入IAB节点的网络编码功能,以便于该接入IAB节点对接收的该编码数据包进行译码操作。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives third indication information from the Donor CU, the third indication information is used to activate the network coding of the access IAB node Function to facilitate the access IAB node to decode the received encoded data packet.
本申请第四方面提供了一种网络编码方法,以上行传输为视角,该方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,该IAB网络包括接入IAB节点和IAB宿主节点IAB Donor,该IAB  Donor包括宿主分布式单元Donor DU和集中式单元Donor CU,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点对用户设备UE的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包;该接入IAB节点将该编码数据包通过该Donor DU发向该Donor CU。The fourth aspect of this application provides a network coding method from the perspective of upstream transmission. This method is applied to access to an integrated backhaul IAB network. The IAB network includes access to the IAB node and the IAB host node IAB Donor, the IAB Donor Including the host distributed unit Donor DU and the centralized unit Donor CU, the method includes: the access IAB node performs a network coding operation on the data of the user equipment UE to generate a coded data packet; the access IAB node passes the coded data packet The Donor DU is sent to the Donor CU.
通过第四方面提供的网络编码方法,在IAB网络中引入了网络编码功能,在接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,然后将生成的编码数据包通过Donor DU发送给Donor CU,Donor DU或Donor CU只要能从一条路径收到来自于该接入IAB节点的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出该用户设备的原始数据,示例性的,Donor DU可以通过译码恢复出原始数据(如,UE的PDCP PDU)后将该UE的原始数据发送到CU进行后续处理,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延。所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Through the network coding method provided in the fourth aspect, the network coding function is introduced into the IAB network, and the network coding operation is performed on the data of the user equipment at the access IAB node to generate coded data packets, and then pass the generated coded data packets through Donor DU Sent to Donor CU, Donor DU or Donor CU can decode and recover the original data of the user equipment as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the access IAB node from one path. For example, The Donor DU can recover the original data (for example, the PDCP PDU of the UE) through decoding, and then send the original data of the UE to the CU for subsequent processing, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing the data transmission delay. The network codes involved may be RLNC codes, fountain codes, or other codes, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor CU的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于进行该网络编码操作。在该实现方式中,Donor CU通过向该接入IAB节点发送配置信息,使得该接入IAB节点获得进行网络编码操作所需的配置信息。可选的,Donor CU向该接入IAB节点发送该配置信息,也意味着同时指示该接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能被激活。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information is used to perform the network coding operation. In this implementation manner, the Donor CU sends configuration information to the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node obtains the configuration information required for the network coding operation. Optionally, the Donor CU sending the configuration information to the access IAB node also means that it also indicates that the network coding operation function of the access IAB node is activated.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块包含的字符长度。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor CU的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于激活该接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,以便于该接入IAB节点执行该网络编码操作。可选的,该第一指示信息也可以用于去激活或关闭该接入IAB节点的网络编码功能。通过该实现方式,Donor CU发送指示激活或去激活该接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,使得接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能的激活和去激活是可由Donor CU来控制的。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives first indication information from the Donor CU, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding of the access IAB node Operation function to facilitate the access IAB node to perform the network coding operation. Optionally, the first indication information may also be used to deactivate or deactivate the network coding function of the access IAB node. Through this implementation, the Donor CU sends an instruction to activate or deactivate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node, so that the activation and deactivation of the network coding operation function of the access IAB node can be controlled by the Donor CU.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor CU的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息包括:编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和该Donor DU,该传输路径2包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和该Donor DU。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以指示接入IAB节点在进行上行方向数据传输时,接入IAB节点生成的网络编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives second indication information from the Donor CU, the second indication information includes: transmission of an encoded data packet on transmission path 1 The ratio, and/or, the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the connection Enter the IAB node, the second IAB node and the Donor DU. Through this implementation, Donor CU can instruct the access IAB node to transmit data in the uplink direction, and the transmission ratio of the network coded data packet generated by the access IAB node on different links, so as to more effectively realize the transmission between different links. Load balance, or it is helpful to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点根据上行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和该Donor DU,该传输路径2包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和该Donor DU。通过本实现方式,接入IAB节点可以根据上行传输路径的传输情况,确定接入IAB节点生成的编码数据包在不同链路的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node determines the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in the transmission path 1 according to the transmission situation of the uplink transmission path, and/or the encoded data packet is The transmission ratio of transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node, and the Donor DU. Through this implementation method, the access IAB node can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the access IAB node on different links according to the transmission situation of the uplink transmission path, so as to more effectively realize the load balance between the different links. Or it is beneficial to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收该Donor CU发送的该上行传输路径的传输情况,该上行传输路径的传输情况包括:该传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,该传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以向接入IAB节点通知传输路径1和/或传输路径2的上行传输情况。可选的,获知传输路径1和或传输路径2的上行传输情况后,接入IAB节点可以根据上行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives the transmission status of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU, and the transmission status of the uplink transmission path includes: the transmission status of the transmission path 1 Any one or more of the following information: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, Transmission data rate, transmission data volume and receiving buffer size. Through this implementation, the Donor CU can notify the access IAB node of the uplink transmission status of the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission path 2. Optionally, after learning the uplink transmission status of transmission path 1 and or transmission path 2, the access IAB node can determine the transmission ratio of coded data packets on transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the uplink transmission path, and/or the coded data The transmission ratio of the packet in transmission path 2.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该接入IAB节点接收来自于该Donor CU的第二配置信息,该第二配置信息包括通用分组无线业务隧道协议(GTP)隧道信息和至少一个路径信息,该GTP隧道信息和至少一个路径信息对应,该至少一个路径信息包括:该传输路径1的路径信息,和/或,该传输路径2的路径信息,该GTP隧道建立在该接入IAB节点和该Donor CU之间,与该用户设备的一个承载对应。通过本实现方式,该接入IAB节点接收该第二配置信息后,该接入IAB节点可以根据待传输数据的服务质量信息和路径信息的对应关系,将待传输数据经过网络编码操作后生成的编码数据包通过传输路径1,和/或,传输路径2进行上行传输。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the method includes: the access IAB node receives second configuration information from the Donor CU, where the second configuration information includes a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel Information and at least one path information, the GTP tunnel information corresponds to at least one path information, and the at least one path information includes: path information of the transmission path 1, and/or path information of the transmission path 2, where the GTP tunnel is established The access IAB node and the Donor CU correspond to a bearer of the user equipment. Through this implementation, after the access IAB node receives the second configuration information, the access IAB node can generate the data to be transmitted after the network encoding operation according to the corresponding relationship between the service quality information of the data to be transmitted and the path information. The encoded data packet is transmitted upstream through transmission path 1, and/or transmission path 2.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,对上行传输而言,接入IAB节点可以根据GTP隧道和路径的对应关系,将映射到GTP隧道的上行数据通过对应的路径发送,也即存在一个GTP隧道,该GTP隧道对应两条或多条传输路径,在该场景下,分流比例是按照per路径的方式进行配置。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, for uplink transmission, the access IAB node can send the uplink data mapped to the GTP tunnel through the corresponding path according to the corresponding relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, that is, there is A GTP tunnel, the GTP tunnel corresponds to two or more transmission paths, in this scenario, the distribution ratio is configured according to the per path.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该GTP隧道信息包括:IP地址,和/或,GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID);该路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the GTP tunnel information includes: IP address, and/or GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID); the path information includes: Path ID, and/or Or, Routing ID.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,对上行传输而言,该接入IAB节点可以根据下行传输链路的链路质量来决定上行传输链路的传输分流比例,比如,接入IAB节点可以根据DDDS来确定不同链路的链路质量来决定分流比例。示例性的,接入IAB节点可以根据不同路径上对下行数据的接收情况来决定上行传输的分流比例,例如:对下行传输而言,接入IAB节点在传输路径1上每秒接收30个编码数据包,在传输路径2上每秒接收50个编码数据包,则说明相对于路径1而言路径2的链路质量更好,可以传输更多的数据,则接入IAB节点可以根据该信息来决定上行传输链路的传输分流比例,例如:决定40%的上行数据通过传输路径1上传输,60%的上行数据通过传输路径2上传输。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, for uplink transmission, the access IAB node may determine the transmission offload ratio of the uplink transmission link according to the link quality of the downlink transmission link, for example, access IAB The node can determine the link quality of different links according to DDDS to determine the split ratio. Exemplarily, the access IAB node can determine the offload ratio of uplink transmission according to the reception of downlink data on different paths. For example, for downlink transmission, the access IAB node receives 30 codes per second on transmission path 1. Data packets, 50 encoded data packets are received per second on transmission path 2, indicating that the link quality of path 2 is better than that of path 1, and more data can be transmitted. Then the access IAB node can be based on this information To determine the transmission split ratio of the uplink transmission link, for example, it is determined that 40% of the uplink data is transmitted on the transmission path 1, and 60% of the uplink data is transmitted on the transmission path 2.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该网络编码操作在该接入IAB节点执行BAP加头操作之前执行。也就是说,设计该IAB接入节点的协议栈时,可以将网络编码操作的功能包含在BAP层功能中,或者,在接入IAB节点的协议栈设计时,在BAP层和IP层之间新引入一个协议层用于实现网络编码操作。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network coding operation is performed before the access IAB node performs the BAP adding operation. That is to say, when designing the protocol stack of the IAB access node, the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or, when designing the protocol stack of the access IAB node, between the BAP layer and the IP layer A new protocol layer is introduced to implement network coding operations.
以上本申请第四方面主要从接入IAB节点的角度对上行传输进行了描述,以下本申请第五方面主要从Donor CU角度对上行传输进行论述,可以理解的是,以上第四方面和第五方面可以是同一技术方案从不同角度的描述,互相之间可以结合理解,以上第四方面和第五方面也可以单独用于技术方案的描述。可以理解的是,不同方面中对于相同或者类似技术特征的技术效果,如之前已经描述过,则后续可能不再一一赘述。The fourth aspect of this application above mainly describes uplink transmission from the perspective of accessing IAB nodes. The fifth aspect of this application below mainly discusses uplink transmission from the perspective of Donor CU. It is understandable that the above fourth and fifth aspects Aspects can be descriptions of the same technical solution from different angles, and can be understood in combination with each other. The above fourth and fifth aspects can also be used separately for the description of technical solutions. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so they may not be repeated one by one in the following.
本申请第五方面提出了一种网络编码方法,该方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,该IAB Donor包括宿主集中式单元Donor CU和宿主分布式单元Donor DU,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该接入IAB节点发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于该接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,以生成编码数据包并将该编码数据包通过该Donor DU发向该Donor CU。The fifth aspect of this application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to access backhaul integrated IAB network. The IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node. The IAB Donor includes a donor centralized unit Donor. CU and the host distributed unit Donor DU, the method includes: the Donor CU sends first configuration information to the access IAB node, and the first configuration information is used for the access IAB node to perform network coding operations on user equipment data, To generate an encoded data packet and send the encoded data packet to the Donor CU through the Donor DU.
通过第五方面提出的网络编码方法,Donor CU通过向接入IAB节点发送配置信息,使得接入IAB节点能够获得进行网络编码操作所需的配置信息。可选的,Donor CU向接入IAB节点发送该配置信息,也意味着同时指示接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能被激活。通过在IAB网络中引入网络编码功能,IAB网络中Donor DU或Donor CU,只要能从一条路径收到来自于该接入IAB节点的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出用户设备的原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延,所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Through the network coding method proposed in the fifth aspect, the Donor CU sends configuration information to the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can obtain the configuration information required for the network coding operation. Optionally, the Donor CU sending the configuration information to the access IAB node also means that it also indicates that the network coding operation function of the access IAB node is activated. By introducing the network encoding function in the IAB network, the Donor DU or Donor CU in the IAB network can decode and recover the user equipment as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the access IAB node from one path To improve the reliability of data transmission and reduce the delay of data transmission, the network code involved can be RLNC code, fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application. .
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块包含的字符长度。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该接入IAB节点发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于激活该接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,以便于该接入IAB节点执行该网络编码操作,或者,该第一指示信息用于去激活该接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends first indication information to the access IAB node, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node , So that the access IAB node performs the network coding operation, or the first indication information is used to deactivate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU向该接入IAB节点发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息包括编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和该Donor DU,该传输路径2包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和该Donor DU。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU sends second indication information to the access IAB node, the second indication information includes the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and /Or, the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in the transmission path 2; wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node , The second IAB node and the Donor DU.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法可以包括:该Donor CU向该接入IAB节点发送上行数据发送状态信息,该上行数据发送状态信息信息包括:传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和该Donor DU,该传输路径2包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和该Donor DU。在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor CU接收来自于该Donor DU发送的该上行数据发送状态信息。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the method may include: the Donor CU sends uplink data transmission status information to the access IAB node, and the uplink data transmission status information includes: the following information of transmission path 1 Any one or more of: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, The amount of transmitted data and the size of the receiving buffer; where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node And the Donor DU. In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method includes: the Donor CU receives the uplink data transmission status information sent from the Donor DU.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法可以包括:该Donor CU向该Donor DU发送该第一配置信息。通过本实现方式,使得作为编码数据包的接收端的Donor DU能够获得网络编码操作功能所需的配置信息,从而能够对接收的编码数据包进行译码,恢复出原始数据。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method may include: the Donor CU sends the first configuration information to the Donor DU. Through this implementation, the Donor DU as the receiving end of the encoded data packet can obtain the configuration information required by the network encoding operation function, so that the received encoded data packet can be decoded and the original data can be recovered.
在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法可以包括:该Donor CU向该Donor DU发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于激活该Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,以便于该Donor DU对接收的该网络编码包进行译码操作。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the method may include: the Donor CU sends third indication information to the Donor DU, and the third indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU to facilitate The Donor DU decodes the received network code packet.
以上本申请第四方面主要从接入IAB节点角度对上行传输进行描述。本申请第五方面 主要从Donor CU角度对上行传输进行描述,以下本申请第六方面主要从Donor DU角度对本申请实施例进行描述,可以理解的是,本申请第四方面、第五方面和第六方面可以是同一技术方案从不同角度的描述,互相之间可以结合理解,也可以单独用于技术方案描述。可以理解的是,不同方面中对于相同或者类似技术特征的技术效果,如之前已经描述过,则后续可能不再一一赘述。The above fourth aspect of the present application mainly describes the uplink transmission from the perspective of accessing the IAB node. The fifth aspect of this application mainly describes uplink transmission from the perspective of Donor CU. The sixth aspect of this application below mainly describes the embodiments of this application from the perspective of Donor DU. The six aspects can be descriptions of the same technical solution from different angles, which can be understood in combination with each other, and can also be used separately for the description of the technical solution. It is understandable that the technical effects of the same or similar technical features in different aspects have been described before, so they may not be repeated one by one in the following.
本申请第六方面提出一种网络编码方法,该方法应用于无线接入回传一体化IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,该IAB Donor包括宿主分布式单元Donor DU,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收该接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作后生成的编码数据包;该Donor DU对接收到的该编码数据包进行译码操作,恢复出该用户设备的数据。The sixth aspect of this application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to a wireless access backhaul integrated IAB network. The IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node. The IAB Donor includes a host distributed unit Donor DU, the method includes: the Donor DU receives an encoded data packet generated after the access IAB node performs a network encoding operation on the user equipment data; the Donor DU decodes the received encoded data packet, and restores the User device data.
通过第六方面提供的网络编码方法,在IAB网络中引入了网络编码操作,在该接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,然后该接入IAB节点将生成的编码数据包发给该Donor DU,那么该Donor DU只要能从一条路径收到足够多的来自于该接入IAB节点的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出该用户设备的原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延,所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Through the network coding method provided by the sixth aspect, the network coding operation is introduced into the IAB network. The network coding operation is performed on the data of the user equipment at the access IAB node to generate coded data packets, and then the access IAB node will generate the The encoded data packet is sent to the Donor DU, then the Donor DU can decode and recover the original data of the user equipment as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the access IAB node from one path. To improve the reliability of data transmission and reduce the delay of data transmission, the network code involved may be an RLNC code, a fountain code, or other codes, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该宿主节点还包括集中式单元Donor CU,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收来自于该Donor CU的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于指示网络编码操作相关的参数,以便该Donor DU对接收的该编码数据包进行译码操作。In a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the host node further includes a centralized unit Donor CU, and the method includes: the Donor DU receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, and the first configuration information is used for Indicate the parameters related to the network encoding operation, so that the Donor DU can decode the received encoded data packet.
在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块包含的字符长度。In a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is Divide into the number of source data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block.
在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU向该Donor CU发送上行数据发送状态信息,该上行数据发送状态信息信息包括:传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和该Donor DU,该传输路径2包括节点:该接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和该Donor DU。In a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU sends uplink data transmission status information to the Donor CU, and the uplink data transmission status information includes: any of the following information of transmission path 1 One or more types: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume And the size of the receiving buffer; where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node and the Donor DU.
在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法包括:该Donor DU接收来自于该Donor CU的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于激活该Donor DU的网络编码功能,以便于该Donor DU对接收的该编码数据包执行译码操作。In a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the method includes: the Donor DU receives third indication information from the Donor CU, and the third indication information is used to activate the network coding function of the Donor DU to facilitate The Donor DU performs a decoding operation on the received encoded data packet.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第一方面或者第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个操作/步骤的单元,该单元可由硬件电路,或者软件,或者硬件电路结合软件的方式实现,或者由处理器执行程序指令的方式实现。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect. The unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第二方面或者第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个操作/步骤的单元,该单元可由硬件电路,或者软件,或者硬件电路结合软件的方式实现,或者由处理器执行程序指令的方式实现。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. The unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第三方面或者第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个操作/步骤的单元,该单元可由硬件电路,或者软件,或者硬件电路结合软件的方式实现,或者由处理器执行程序指令的方式实现。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect. The unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第四方面或者第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个操作/步骤的单元,该单元可由硬件电路,或者软件,或者硬件电路结合软件的方式实现,或者由处理器执行程序指令的方式实现。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a unit for executing each operation/step in the above fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect. The unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, or The hardware circuit is implemented in combination with software, or implemented by the processor to execute program instructions.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第五方面或者第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个操作/步骤的单元,该单元可由硬件电路,或者软件,或者硬件电路结合软件的方式实现,或者由处理器执行程序指令的方式实现。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect. The unit can be a hardware circuit or software, Either a hardware circuit combined with software is implemented, or a processor executes program instructions.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第六方面或者第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个操作/步骤的单元,该单元可由硬件电路,或者软件,或者硬件电路结合软件的方式实现,或者由处理器执行程序指令的方式实现。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a unit for performing each operation/step in the above sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect. The unit may be a hardware circuit, or software, Either a hardware circuit combined with software is implemented, or a processor executes program instructions.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器执行该计算机指令,以使得该通信装置执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication The apparatus executes the above first aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器执行该计算机指令,以使得该通信装置执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication The device executes the above second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器执行该计算机指令,以使得该通信装置执行以上第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication The device executes the above third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器执行该计算机指令,以使得该通信装置执行以上第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes at least one processor coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication The device executes the above fourth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fourth aspect.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器执行该计算机指令,以使得该通信装置执行以上第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes at least one processor coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication The device executes the above fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器执行该计算机指令,以使得该通信装置执行以上第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor executes the computer instructions to enable the communication The device executes the above sixth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
第十九方面,提供了一种IAB Donor DU,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第七方面提供的通信装置,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十二方面提供的通信装置,或者,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十三方面提供的通信装置,或者,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十八方面提供的通信装置。In a nineteenth aspect, an IAB Donor DU is provided, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the seventh aspect, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the twelfth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the foregoing The communication device provided by the thirteenth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided by the eighteenth aspect.
第二十方面,提供了一种IAB Donor CU,该IAB Donor CU包括上述第八方面提供的通信装置,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十一方面提供的通信装置,或者,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十四方面提供的通信装置,或者,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十七方面提供的通信装置。In a twentieth aspect, an IAB Donor CU is provided, the IAB Donor CU includes the communication device provided in the eighth aspect, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the eleventh aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the foregoing The communication device provided in the fourteenth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the seventeenth aspect.
第二十一方面,提供了一种接入IAB节点,该接入IAB节点包括上述第九方面提供的通信装置,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十方面提供的通信装置,或者,该接入IAB节点包括上述第十五方面提供的通信装置,或者,该IAB Donor DU包括上述第十六方面提供的通信装置。In a twenty-first aspect, an access IAB node is provided, the access IAB node includes the communication device provided in the ninth aspect, the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided in the tenth aspect, or the access IAB The node includes the communication device provided by the fifteenth aspect, or the IAB Donor DU includes the communication device provided by the sixteenth aspect.
第二十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,该 计算机程序在被处理器执行时,用于执行第一方面至第六方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-second aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the computer program is used to execute the first aspect to the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof. Methods.
第二十三方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被执行时,用于执行第一方面至第六方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-third aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed, it is used to execute the first aspect to the sixth aspect and any possibilities thereof. The method in the implementation.
第二十方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述IAB Donor DU,IAB Donor CU以及接入IAB节点中的一个或多个。In a twentieth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the communication system includes one or more of the aforementioned IAB Donor DU, IAB Donor CU, and access IAB nodes.
第二十一方面,提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的通信设备执行第一方面至第六方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-first aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes the first to sixth aspects and any possibilities thereof The method in the implementation.
本申请实施例提供的在IAB网络中应用网络编码的方法,在下行传输方向,通过Donor DU对来自该Donor CU的用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,然后Donor DU将该编码数据包发给该接入IAB节点;在上行传输方向,该接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包,然后该接入IAB节点将该编码数据包通过该Donor DU发向该Donor CU,由于引入了网络编码功能,在IAB系统中,编码数据包的接收端只要能从一条路径收到来自于编码数据包的发送端的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出用户设备的原始数据,从而提高IAB网络中数据传输的可靠性,另外还可以避免IAB系统中的接收端对不同路径上传输的同一个UE承载的数据执行重排序操作,从而可以降低数据传输时延。In the method for applying network coding in the IAB network provided by the embodiments of this application, in the downlink transmission direction, the Donor DU performs network coding operations on the data from the user equipment of the Donor CU to generate an encoded data packet, and then the Donor DU encodes the data. The data packet is sent to the access IAB node; in the uplink transmission direction, the access IAB node performs network coding operations on the data of the user equipment to generate a coded data packet, and then the access IAB node passes the coded data packet through the Donor DU Sent to the Donor CU, due to the introduction of the network encoding function, in the IAB system, the receiving end of the encoded data packet can decode as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the sender of the encoded data packet from one path. And restore the original data of the user equipment, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission in the IAB network. In addition, it can also prevent the receiving end in the IAB system from performing reordering operations on the data carried by the same UE transmitted on different paths, which can reduce Data transmission delay.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是一种网络编码机制的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network coding mechanism;
图2是一种网络编码后的数据包结构的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a data packet structure after network coding;
图3是一种用于网络编码的控制信息的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of control information used for network coding;
图4是一种gNB采用CU-DU分离架构的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a gNB adopting a CU-DU separation architecture;
图5是一种gNB采用gNB-CU-CP和gNB-CU-UP分离的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a gNB using gNB-CU-CP and gNB-CU-UP to separate;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种两跳数据回传场景的IAB系统示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system in a two-hop data backhaul scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种IAB通信系统中控制面协议栈示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种IAB通信系统中用户面协议栈示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function into an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码的方法示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB系统中引入网络编码的方法示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB系统中引入网络编码的方法示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a system for introducing a network coding function into an IAB communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种在IAB系统示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统或新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统,以及后续演进的各种类型的先进通信系统等,此处不作限定。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex) , TDD), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, 5th Generation (5G) communication system or New Radio (NR) communication system, and various subsequent evolutions Types of advanced communication systems, etc., are not limited here.
本申请实施例中的终端设备或用户设备,可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备或用户设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G或NR网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,终端设备或者用户设备也可以是IAB系统中的接入IAB节点等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment or user equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user agent. Or user device. The terminal device or user equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), Handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G or NR networks, or future evolution of public land mobile communication networks (Public Land Mobile Network, The terminal equipment, etc. in the PLMN), the terminal equipment or the user equipment may also be an access IAB node, etc. in the IAB system, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例所涉及的接入IAB节点,中间IAB节点,IAB宿主节点等(可以统称为网络设备),从功能角度定义这些网络设备是能够用于与终端设备通信的接入网设备,这些网络设备中的一个或多个具体可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是下一代无线接入基站(NR NodeB,gNB),gNB中的分布式单元DU,或gNB中的集中式单元CU,还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者网络设备也可以为接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来通信网络中的网络设备,本申请实施例并不限定。The access IAB nodes, intermediate IAB nodes, IAB host nodes, etc. (which can be collectively referred to as network devices) involved in the embodiments of this application are defined from a functional perspective as access network devices that can be used to communicate with terminal devices. One or more of the network equipment may be an evolutionary base station (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, and may also be a next-generation radio access base station (NR NodeB, gNB), a distributed unit DU in the gNB. , Or the centralized unit CU in the gNB, it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can also be an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and The network equipment in the future communication network is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备可以包括硬件层,还可以包括运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,还可以包括运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、还可以包括存储器,该存储器可以包括内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层可以包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行处理或通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的硬件装置。In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, may also include an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and may also include an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes a central processing unit (CPU), and may also include a memory, and the memory may include hardware such as a memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems. The application layer can include applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, instant messaging software, and so on. Moreover, the embodiments of the present application do not particularly limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program can run the code of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application to perform the method according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. It is sufficient to perform processing or communication. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a hardware device in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘 或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
在新空口(New Radio,NR)技术中,根据第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)NR版本15(Release 15)中,接入网设备(例如基站gNB)可以由一个gNB集中式单元(Centralized Unit,CU)和一个或者多个gNB分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)构成。gNB-CU和gNB-DU是不同的逻辑节点,可以部署在不同的物理设备上,或者部署在相同的物理设备上。图4为一种gNB采用CU-DU分离架构的示意图,如图4所示,gNB采用CU-DU分离的架构,其中,gNB-CU和gNB-DU之间通过F1接口相连,gNB-CU和5G核心网(5G core network,5GC)通过NG接口相连,gNB与gNB之间通过Xn接口相连。Xn接口包括Xn-C接口和Xn-U接口,其中,Xn-C接口用于两个gNB之间控制面信令的传输,Xn-U接口用于两个gNB之间用户面数据的传输。gNB与用户设备(user equipment,UE)之间的接口称为Uu接口(也可以说是UE和gNB-DU之间的接口)。终端设备(比如UE)通过gNB-DU接入gNB-CU。与终端设备对等的物理(physics,PHY)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层以及无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层位于gNB-DU上,与终端设备对等的分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和业务数据适配协议(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)层位于gNB-CU上。In the New Radio (NR) technology, according to the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) NR version 15 (Release 15), access network equipment (such as base station gNB) can be centralized by one gNB Centralized Unit (CU) and one or more Distributed Unit (DU) of gNB. gNB-CU and gNB-DU are different logical nodes and can be deployed on different physical devices or on the same physical device. Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a gNB adopting a CU-DU separation architecture. As shown in Figure 4, gNB adopts a CU-DU separation architecture, where gNB-CU and gNB-DU are connected through an F1 interface, and gNB-CU and The 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) is connected through the NG interface, and the gNB and gNB are connected through the Xn interface. The Xn interface includes an Xn-C interface and an Xn-U interface. The Xn-C interface is used for the transmission of control plane signaling between two gNBs, and the Xn-U interface is used for the transmission of user plane data between the two gNBs. The interface between the gNB and the user equipment (user equipment, UE) is called the Uu interface (it can also be said that it is the interface between the UE and the gNB-DU). The terminal equipment (such as UE) accesses the gNB-CU through the gNB-DU. The physical (PHY) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the radio link control (RLC) layer equivalent to the terminal equipment are located on the gNB-DU and are equivalent to the terminal equipment The packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio resource control (RRC) layer, and service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer are located on the gNB-CU.
应该理解,上述的gNB-DU和gNB-CU上的协议层设置只是一种方式,还可能存在其他协议层的设置方式,例如:与终端设备对等的PHY层和MAC层位于gNB-DU上,与终端设备对等的PDCP层、RRC层和SDAP层位于gNB-CU上,同时,与终端设备对等的RLC层也位于gNB-CU上,均在本申请保护的范围内,本申请在此不做限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned protocol layer settings on gNB-DU and gNB-CU are only one way, and there may be other protocol layer settings, for example: the PHY layer and MAC layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the gNB-DU , The PDCP layer, RRC layer, and SDAP layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the gNB-CU, and at the same time, the RLC layer equivalent to the terminal device is also located on the gNB-CU, which are all within the scope of protection of this application. This is not limited.
对控制面而言,上行(uplink,UL)方向上,gNB-DU将终端设备生成的RRC消息封装在F1接口的F1应用层协议(F1 Application Protocol,F1AP)消息中发送到gNB-CU。下行(downlink,DL)方向上,gNB-CU将终端设备的RRC消息封装在F1AP消息中发送到gNB-DU,gNB-DU从F1AP消息中提取出RRC消息映射到Uu接口对应的信令无线承载(Signalling Radio Bearer,SRB)上发送给终端设备。For the control plane, in the uplink (UL) direction, the gNB-DU encapsulates the RRC message generated by the terminal device in the F1 Application Protocol (F1 Application Protocol, F1AP) message of the F1 interface and sends it to the gNB-CU. In the downlink (DL) direction, the gNB-CU encapsulates the RRC message of the terminal device in an F1AP message and sends it to the gNB-DU. The gNB-DU extracts the RRC message from the F1AP message and maps it to the signaling radio bearer corresponding to the Uu interface. (Signalling Radio Bearer, SRB) is sent to the terminal device.
对用户面而言,UL方向上,gNB-DU将从Uu接口的数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,DRB)上收到的终端设备的数据包映射到对应的通用分组无线业务隧道协议(General Packet Radio Service Tunnelling Protocol,GTP)隧道中发送到gNB-CU。DL方向上,gNB-CU将终端设备的数据包映射到对应的GTP隧道中发送到gNB-DU,gNB-DU从GTP隧道中提取出终端设备的数据包,并将该数据包映射到Uu接口对应的DRB上发送给终端设备。For the user plane, in the UL direction, the gNB-DU maps the data packets of the terminal equipment received from the data radio bearer (DRB) of the Uu interface to the corresponding General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (General Packet Radio Service). Radio Service Tunnelling Protocol (GTP) is sent to the gNB-CU in the tunnel. In the DL direction, gNB-CU maps the data packet of the terminal device to the corresponding GTP tunnel and sends it to gNB-DU. The gNB-DU extracts the data packet of the terminal device from the GTP tunnel and maps the data packet to the Uu interface The corresponding DRB is sent to the terminal device.
在控制面和用户面分离的无线接入系统架构设计中,图5为gNB采用gNB-CU-CP和gNB-CU-UP分离的示意图,如图5所示,gNB-CU划分为集中式单元控制面(Central Unit-Control Plane,CU-CP)实体(也可称为CU-CP节点)和集中式单元用户面(Central Unit-User Plane,CU-UP)实体(也可称为CU-UP节点)。其中,gNB-CU-CP用于提供信令控制的功能,gNB-CU-UP用于提供用户面数据传输的功能,gNB-CU-CP和gNB-CU-UP之 间通过E1接口相连,gNB-CU-CP与gNB-DU之间通过F1控制面(F1-C)接口相连,gNB-CU-UP与gNB-DU之间通过F1用户面(F1-U)接口相连。其中,gNB-CU-CP可以包括RRC层功能以及PDCP层的控制面功能(例如,用于处理信令无线承载SRB的信令),gNB-CU-UP可以包括SDAP层功能以及PDCP层的用户面功能(例如,用于处理数据无线承载DRB的数据等)。如图5所示的无线接入架构,还具有如下的特性:一个gNB可以包含一个gNB-CU-CP、多个gNB-CU-UP、多个gNB-DU;一个DU可以只连接一个gNB-CU-CP;一个CU-UP可以只连接一个gNB-CU-CP;一个DU在同一个CU-CP的控制下可以连接到多个gNB-CU-UP;一个CU-UP在同一个CU-CP的控制下可以连接到多个gNB-DU。应理解,图5只是示例性的,不应该对gNB的架构产生任何限定。例如,在CU-DU分离以及CU-CP和CU-UP分离的架构下,gNB可以只包括一个gNB-CU-UP、一个gNB-CU-CP、一个gNB-DU,也可以包括更多的gNB-CU-UP和gNB-DU。本申请在此不作限制。In the architecture design of the wireless access system where the control plane and the user plane are separated, Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of gNB adopting the separation of gNB-CU-CP and gNB-CU-UP. As shown in Figure 5, gNB-CU is divided into centralized units Control plane (Central Unit-Control Plane, CU-CP) entity (also called CU-CP node) and centralized unit user plane (Central Unit-User Plane, CU-UP) entity (also called CU-UP node). Among them, gNB-CU-CP is used to provide signaling control function, gNB-CU-UP is used to provide user plane data transmission function, gNB-CU-CP and gNB-CU-UP are connected through E1 interface, gNB -CU-CP and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 control plane (F1-C) interface, and gNB-CU-UP and gNB-DU are connected through the F1 user plane (F1-U) interface. Among them, gNB-CU-CP may include RRC layer functions and PDCP layer control plane functions (for example, for processing signaling radio bearer SRB signaling), gNB-CU-UP may include SDAP layer functions and PDCP layer users Face function (for example, used to process the data of the data radio bearer DRB, etc.). The wireless access architecture shown in Figure 5 also has the following characteristics: a gNB can contain one gNB-CU-CP, multiple gNB-CU-UPs, and multiple gNB-DUs; one DU can only connect to one gNB- CU-CP; one CU-UP can be connected to only one gNB-CU-CP; one DU can be connected to multiple gNB-CU-UPs under the control of the same CU-CP; one CU-UP is in the same CU-CP Can be connected to multiple gNB-DUs under the control of. It should be understood that FIG. 5 is only exemplary, and should not impose any limitation on the architecture of the gNB. For example, under the architecture of CU-DU separation and separation of CU-CP and CU-UP, gNB can include only one gNB-CU-UP, one gNB-CU-CP, one gNB-DU, or more gNBs. -CU-UP and gNB-DU. This application is not restricted here.
在IAB网络中,IAB Donor也可以采用上述CU-DU分离的架构,也即,IAB Donor由IAB Donor CU(也可以称为Donor CU)和IAB Donor DU(也可以称为Donor DU)两部分组成,其中,IAB Donor CU和IAB Donor DU之间的接口为F1接口。IAB节点可以由移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)单元和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成。IAB-MT也可以称为IAB-UE,具有终端设备的功能,主要完成类似于终端设备的操作,以便于在IAB节点和IAB Donor之间执行无线回传功能。IAB-DU具有基站的部分功能,主要完成类似于基站的操作,以便于为UE或下一跳IAB节点提供无线接入功能。In the IAB network, IAB Donor can also adopt the above-mentioned CU-DU separation architecture, that is, IAB Donor is composed of IAB Donor CU (also known as Donor CU) and IAB Donor DU (also known as Donor DU) , Where the interface between IAB Donor CU and IAB Donor DU is the F1 interface. The IAB node can be composed of a mobile terminal (MT) unit and a distributed unit (DU). IAB-MT can also be called IAB-UE, which has the function of terminal equipment, and mainly completes operations similar to terminal equipment, so as to perform the wireless backhaul function between the IAB node and the IAB Donor. IAB-DU has part of the functions of a base station, and mainly completes operations similar to a base station, so as to provide wireless access functions for UEs or next-hop IAB nodes.
对IAB Donor而言,Donor DU可以与NR中gNB-DU的功能类似,Donor CU可以与NR中gNB-CU的功能类似。对IAB节点而言,IAB-DU可以与NR中gNB-DU的功能类似,为其下子节点提供接入服务,其中,IAB-DU的子节点可以是终端设备,也可以是其他IAB节点。IAB-MT可类比于终端设备,用于提供数据回传。For the IAB Donor, the Donor DU can have similar functions to the gNB-DU in NR, and the Donor CU can have similar functions to the gNB-CU in NR. For the IAB node, the IAB-DU can have similar functions to the gNB-DU in the NR, providing access services for its sub-nodes. Among them, the sub-nodes of the IAB-DU can be terminal devices or other IAB nodes. IAB-MT can be compared to terminal equipment and used to provide data backhaul.
本申请实施例中,终端设备接入的IAB节点可以称为接入IAB节点,接入IAB节点和IAB Donor之间路径上的IAB节点称为中间IAB节点。In the embodiments of the present application, the IAB node accessed by the terminal device may be referred to as the access IAB node, and the IAB node on the path between the access IAB node and the IAB Donor is referred to as an intermediate IAB node.
以两跳数据回传场景为例,如图6所示,图6是一种两跳数据回传场景的IAB系统示意图,其中,终端设备接入IAB节点2,则IAB节点2称为接入IAB节点(或者终端设备的上一跳父节点),终端设备称为IAB节点2的下一跳子节点。IAB节点1称为中间IAB节点,也就是说IAB节点1的上一跳父节点为IAB宿主节点(IAB Donor),或者说,IAB Donor的下一跳子节点为IAB节点1,IAB节点1的下一跳子节点为IAB节点2,IAB Donor通过NG接口和5G核心网相连,如此形成了两跳数据回传场景。其中,与终端设备对等的PHY层、MAC层和RLC层位于接入IAB节点上(如:IAB节点2的DU部分),而与终端设备对等的PDCP层、SDAP层和RRC层位于Donor CU上。Take the two-hop data backhaul scenario as an example, as shown in Figure 6, Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system in a two-hop data backhaul scenario, where the terminal device is connected to IAB node 2, then IAB node 2 is called access The IAB node (or the last-hop parent node of the terminal device), the terminal device is called the next-hop child node of the IAB node 2. IAB node 1 is called the intermediate IAB node, that is to say, the previous hop parent node of IAB node 1 is the IAB host node (IAB Donor), in other words, the next hop child node of IAB Donor is IAB node 1, and IAB node 1’s The next hop child node is IAB node 2. The IAB Donor is connected to the 5G core network through the NG interface, thus forming a two-hop data backhaul scenario. Among them, the PHY layer, MAC layer and RLC layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the access IAB node (such as: the DU part of IAB node 2), and the PDCP layer, SDAP layer and RRC layer equivalent to the terminal device are located on the Donor On the CU.
图7是一种IAB通信系统中控制面协议栈示意图,示出了在两跳数据回传场景中,采用层2数据转发架构的IAB节点的控制面协议栈,其中,终端设备和接入IAB节点之间可以通过信令无线承载(Signaling Radio Bearer,SRB)传输该终端设备和宿主基站之间的控制信令,比如RRC信令,该接入IAB节点(比如图7中为IAB节点2的DU部分)将终端设备生成的RRC消息封装在F1AP消息中发送给Donor CU。如果Donor CU采用CU CP-CU UP分离架构,则IAB节点2 DU将终端设备生成的RRC消息封装在F1AP消息中发送给Donor CU-CP,其中,IAB节点2 DU和Donor CU-CP之间的接口也称为F1-C接 口。Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system, showing the control plane protocol stack of an IAB node adopting a layer 2 data forwarding architecture in a two-hop data backhaul scenario, where the terminal device and the access IAB Nodes can transmit control signaling between the terminal device and the donor base station through Signaling Radio Bearer (SRB), such as RRC signaling, which is connected to an IAB node (such as IAB node 2 in Figure 7). DU part) Encapsulate the RRC message generated by the terminal device in an F1AP message and send it to the Donor CU. If the Donor CU adopts the CU CP-CU UP separation architecture, the IAB node 2 DU encapsulates the RRC message generated by the terminal device in an F1AP message and sends it to the Donor CU-CP. Among them, the IAB node 2 DU and the Donor CU-CP The interface is also called the F1-C interface.
示例性的,图7中具体示出了终端设备、IAB节点2,IAB节点1以及IAB宿主节点构成的2跳数据回传场景的控制面协议栈架构。Exemplarily, FIG. 7 specifically shows the control plane protocol stack architecture of the 2-hop data backhaul scenario composed of the terminal device, the IAB node 2, the IAB node 1, and the IAB host node.
其中,终端设备具有无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)层,分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)层,无线链路控制(Radio Link Control,RLC)层,媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)层和物理(Physics,PHY)层的功能。Among them, the terminal equipment has a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, PDCP) layer, a radio link control (Radio Link Control, RLC) layer, and a media access control (Media access control) layer. The functions of the Access Control (MAC) layer and the Physics (PHY) layer.
IAB节点2中面向与终端设备通信的功能实体(比如,可以理解为前述的IAB节点中的DU单元)具有与该终端设备对等的RLC,MAC和PHY层的功能,IAB节点2中面向与IAB节点1通信的功能实体(比如,可以理解为前述的IAB节点中的MT单元)具有回传适配协议(Backhaul Adaptation Protocol,BAP)层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,IAB节点2中面向终端设备的功能实体和IAB节点2中面向IAB节点1的功能实体两者之间通过内部IAB节点2中的硬件或者软件或者硬件结合软件功能模块进行所需的交互,IAB节点2中还具有面向与IAB宿主节点通信的F1接口的F1应用层协议(F1Application Protocol,F1AP)层,流控制传输协议(Stream Control Transmission Protocol,SCTP)层,以及英特网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)层;终端设备和IAB节点2之间通过信令无线承载(Signaling Radio Bearer,SRB)传输该终端设备和宿主基站之间的控制信令,比如RRC信令,非接入层(Non-access Stratum,NAS)信令等。The functional entity (for example, it can be understood as the DU unit in the aforementioned IAB node) that is oriented to communicate with the terminal device in the IAB node 2 has the functions of the RLC, MAC, and PHY layers equivalent to the terminal device. The IAB node 2 is oriented to and The functional entity of IAB node 1 communication (for example, it can be understood as the MT unit in the aforementioned IAB node) has the functions of Backhaul Adaptation Protocol (BAP) layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer. IAB node The functional entity facing terminal equipment in 2 and the functional entity facing IAB node 1 in IAB node 2 carry out the required interaction through the hardware or software or hardware combined with software functional module in the internal IAB node 2. In IAB node 2, It also has the F1 Application Protocol (F1Application Protocol, F1AP) layer, the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) layer, and the Internet Protocol (IP) layer for the F1 interface that communicates with the IAB host node. ; The terminal device and the IAB node 2 transmit control signaling between the terminal device and the donor base station through a signaling radio bearer (Signaling Radio Bearer, SRB), such as RRC signaling, non-access Stratum (Non-access Stratum, NAS) signaling, etc.
在IAB节点1中面向与IAB节点2通信的功能实体包括BAP层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,在IAB节点1中面向与IAB宿主节点通信的功能实体也包括相应的BAP层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,IAB节点2和IAB节点1之间可以通过回传无线链路控制协议信道(BH RLC channel,BH RLC CH)进行回传链路的数据传输。In the IAB node 1, the functional entities for communicating with the IAB node 2 include the functions of the BAP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. In the IAB node 1, the functional entities for communicating with the IAB host node also include the corresponding BAP layer. With the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer, the IAB node 2 and the IAB node 1 can transmit data on the backhaul link through the backhaul radio link control protocol channel (BH RLC channel, BH RLC CH).
如图7所示的控制面协议栈架构中,基于控制面和用户面分离的架构,IAB宿主节点可以包括IAB宿主节点DU(IAB Donor DU)部分以及宿主CU-CP(Donor CU-CP)部分,IAB Donor DU和Donor CU-CP通过F1-C接口进行通信交互,在IAB Donor DU部分中面向与IAB节点2通信的功能实体包括:IP层的功能,通常,对等IP层位于接入IAB节点(如图7中IAB节点2)和Donor CU,IAB Donor DU上配置的IP层功能,主要是为了根据接收到的IP包进行路由转发,例如,对于下行传输而言,IAB Donor DU根据IAB Donor CU发送的IP包中的目标IP地址将IP包路由到相应的接入IAB节点。对上行传输而言,IAB Donor DU根据收到的IP包中的目标IP地址路由到IAB Donor CU,因此此处所涉及IP包中的源地址和目标地址一般包括Donor CU的IP地址、接入IAB节点的IP地址,可以不包括IAB Donor DU的IP地址。图7所示的IAB Donor DU还包括与IAB节点1进行对等通信的BAP层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,IAB Donor DU和IAB节点1可通过BH RLC CH进行回传链路的数据传输;IAB Donor DU还包括面向IAB Donor CU-CP的IP层,L2(例如:有线协议栈架构中数据链路层)和L1(例如,有线协议栈架构中的物理层)的功能,IAB宿主节点的Donor CU-CP部分具有:面向与终端设备对等通信的RRC层和PDCP层的功能,面向与IAB节点2对等通信的F1AP层、SCTP层和IP层的功能,以及面向与IAB宿主节点中IAB Donor DU部分进行对等通信的L2和L1的功能。In the control plane protocol stack architecture as shown in Figure 7, based on the architecture that separates the control plane and the user plane, the IAB host node can include the IAB host node DU (IAB Donor DU) part and the host CU-CP (Donor CU-CP) part , IAB Donor DU and Donor CU-CP communicate and interact through the F1-C interface. In the IAB Donor DU part, the functional entities for communicating with IAB node 2 include: IP layer functions. Generally, the peer IP layer is located in the access IAB The IP layer function configured on the node (IAB node 2 in Figure 7) and Donor CU, IAB Donor DU is mainly for routing and forwarding according to the received IP packet. For example, for downlink transmission, IAB Donor DU is based on IAB The destination IP address in the IP packet sent by the Donor CU routes the IP packet to the corresponding access IAB node. For upstream transmission, IAB Donor DU routes to IAB Donor CU according to the destination IP address in the received IP packet. Therefore, the source and destination addresses in the IP packet involved here generally include the IP address of Donor CU and access to IAB. The IP address of the node may not include the IP address of IAB Donor DU. The IAB Donor DU shown in Figure 7 also includes the BAP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 1. IAB Donor DU and IAB node 1 can perform backhaul links through BH RLC CH Data transmission; IAB Donor DU also includes the IP layer for IAB Donor CU-CP, L2 (for example: the data link layer in the wired protocol stack architecture) and L1 (for example, the physical layer in the wired protocol stack architecture) functions, The Donor CU-CP part of the IAB host node has: functions for the RRC layer and PDCP layer for peer-to-peer communication with terminal equipment, functions for the F1AP layer, SCTP layer, and IP layer for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 2, as well as The IAB Donor DU part of the IAB host node performs the functions of L2 and L1 for peer-to-peer communication.
图8是一种IAB通信系统中用户面协议栈示意图,图8示出了两跳数据回传场景中用户面协议栈,其中,在接入IAB节点(如图8中IAB节点2)和IAB宿主节点的Donor  CU之间为每个终端设备的业务承载建立对应的GPRS隧道协议(GPRS tunneling protocol,GTP)隧道,该隧道可以针对某个终端设备或者针对一个终端设备的某个承载(bearer)进行配置(也即per UE bearer的GTP隧道)。如果Donor CU采用控制面和用户面分离的架构,那么对于用户面的数据传输,则IAB节点2的DU可以将终端设备的业务数据通过对应的GTP隧道发送到IAB宿主节点的Donor CU-UP,其中,IAB node2 DU和Donor CU-UP之间的接口可以称为F1-U接口。Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the user plane protocol stack in an IAB communication system. Figure 8 shows the user plane protocol stack in a two-hop data backhaul scenario. The Donor CU of the host node establishes a corresponding GPRS tunneling protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol, GTP) tunnel for the service bearer of each terminal device. The tunnel can be for a terminal device or a bearer for a terminal device. Perform configuration (that is, per UE bearer's GTP tunnel). If the Donor CU adopts the architecture that separates the control plane and the user plane, then for the data transmission of the user plane, the DU of the IAB node 2 can send the service data of the terminal device to the Donor CU-UP of the IAB host node through the corresponding GTP tunnel. Among them, the interface between IAB node2 DU and Donor CU-UP can be called F1-U interface.
示例性的,图8具体示出了终端设备、IAB节点2,、IAB节点1以及IAB宿主节点构成的可适用于2跳数据回传场景的用户面协议栈架构。Exemplarily, FIG. 8 specifically shows a user plane protocol stack architecture composed of a terminal device, an IAB node 2, an IAB node 1, and an IAB host node, which is suitable for a 2-hop data backhaul scenario.
其中,终端设备具有业务数据适配协议(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)层,PDCP层,RLC层,MAC层和PHY层的功能,该终端设备和接入IAB节点(图8中IAB节点2)之间通过数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,DRB)传输该终端设备的业务数据。Among them, the terminal device has the functions of the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer, and the terminal device is connected to the IAB node (IAB node 2 in Figure 8) The service data of the terminal device is transmitted between the data radio bearer (Data Radio Bearer, DRB).
其中,IAB节点2中面向与终端设备通信的功能实体(比如,可以理解为前述的IAB节点中的DU部分)具有与该终端设备对等通信的RLC层,MAC层和PHY层的功能,IAB节点2中面向与IAB节点1通信的功能实体(比如,可以理解为前述的IAB节点中的MT单元)具有BAP层,RLC层,MAC层和PHY层的功能;IAB节点2中还包括面向与IAB宿主节点进行对等通信的IP层,用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol,UDP)层和GPRS隧道协议用户面(GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User Plane,GTP-U)的功能。可以理解,IAB节点2中面向与终端设备通信的功能实体,和IAB节点2中面向与IAB节点1或IAB宿主节点通信的功能实体之间,可通过内部的硬件或者软件或者硬件结合软件的实现方式进行所需的信息交互。IAB节点2和IAB节点1之间可以通过回传无线链路控制协议信道BH RLC CH进行回传链路的数据传输。Among them, the functional entity (for example, it can be understood as the DU part in the aforementioned IAB node) in the IAB node 2 for communication with the terminal device has the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer for peer-to-peer communication with the terminal device. IAB The functional entity in node 2 oriented to communicate with IAB node 1 (for example, it can be understood as the MT unit in the aforementioned IAB node) has the functions of BAP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer; IAB node 2 also includes The IAB host node performs peer-to-peer communication IP layer, User Datagram Protocol (UDP) layer and GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User Plane (GTP-U) functions. It can be understood that the functional entities in IAB node 2 that are oriented to communicate with terminal devices and the functional entities in IAB node 2 that are oriented to communicate with IAB node 1 or the IAB host node can be implemented through internal hardware or software or a combination of hardware and software. Ways to carry out the required information exchange. The data transmission of the backhaul link can be performed between the IAB node 2 and the IAB node 1 through the backhaul radio link control protocol channel BH RLC CH.
在IAB节点1中面向与IAB节点2通信的功能实体包括BAP层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,在IAB节点1中面向与IAB宿主节点通信的功能实体也包括相应的BAP层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,IAB节点1和IAB宿主节点中的IAB Donor DU之间可以通过回传无线链路控制协议信道BH RLC CH进行回传链路的数据传输。In the IAB node 1, the functional entities for communicating with the IAB node 2 include the functions of the BAP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. In the IAB node 1, the functional entities for communicating with the IAB host node also include the corresponding BAP layer. The functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer, the IAB node 1 and the IAB Donor DU in the IAB host node can perform the data transmission of the backhaul link through the backhaul radio link control protocol channel BH RLC CH.
如图8所示,在基于控制面和用户面分离的架构中,用户面协议栈架构中的IAB宿主节点可以包括IAB宿主节点DU(IAB Donor DU)部分以及宿主CU-UP(Donor CU-UP)部分,在IAB Donor DU部分包括:IP层的功能,用于根据收到IP包及其IP包中包含的IP地址进行路由选择,IAB Donor DU还包括与IAB节点1进行对等通信的BAP层,RLC层,MAC层以及PHY层的功能,IAB Donor DU和IAB节点1可通过BH RLC CH进行回传链路的数据传输;IAB Donor DU还包括面向与Donor CU-UP通信的L2和L1的功能,IAB Donor DU和Donor CU-UP之间通过F1-U接口通信。IAB宿主节点的Donor CU-UP部分具有:面向与终端设备对等通信的SDAP层和PDCP层的功能,面向与IAB节点2对等通信的GTP-U层、UDP层和IP层的功能,以及面向与IAB Donor DU进行对等通信的L2和L1的功能。As shown in Figure 8, in an architecture based on the separation of the control plane and the user plane, the IAB host node in the user plane protocol stack architecture can include the IAB host node DU (IAB Donor DU) part and the host CU-UP (Donor CU-UP). ) Part, the IAB Donor DU part includes: the function of the IP layer, which is used for routing selection according to the received IP packet and the IP address contained in the IP packet. IAB Donor DU also includes the BAP for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 1. The functions of layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer, IAB Donor DU and IAB node 1 can use BH RLC CH for backhaul link data transmission; IAB Donor DU also includes L2 and L1 for communication with Donor CU-UP The IAB Donor DU and Donor CU-UP communicate through the F1-U interface. The Donor CU-UP part of the IAB host node has the functions of the SDAP layer and PDCP layer for peer-to-peer communication with terminal devices, the functions of the GTP-U layer, UDP layer and IP layer for peer-to-peer communication with IAB node 2, and For L2 and L1 functions for peer-to-peer communication with IAB Donor DU.
由于当前网络编码的功能主要应用在网络的应用层,并没有在无线接入网(Radio Access network,RAN)系统中应用,特别是设备间的空中接口(air interface)的无线传输还没有引入网络编码的功能以增强数据传输的可靠性。具体到IAB通信网络,在IAB网络中存在多条无线传输路径的场景下,由于一条链路发生阻塞(blockage)将导致数据传输可 靠性降低。Since the current network coding function is mainly used in the application layer of the network, it has not been used in the radio access network (RAN) system, especially the air interface between devices has not been introduced into the network. Encoding function to enhance the reliability of data transmission. Specific to the IAB communication network, in the scenario where there are multiple wireless transmission paths in the IAB network, the reliability of data transmission will decrease due to blockage of one link.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提出在IAB通信网络的空中接口的传输引入网络编码功能,利用网络编码功能的特性(比如,无论从哪条链路,只要收到足够的编码数据包就能正确译码并恢复出原始数据),来提高IAB场景下空口数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输的时延。In view of this, the embodiment of the application proposes to introduce the network coding function in the transmission of the air interface of the IAB communication network, and use the characteristics of the network coding function (for example, no matter which link, as long as enough coded data packets are received, it can be correct. Decode and restore the original data) to improve the reliability of air interface data transmission in the IAB scenario and reduce the delay of data transmission.
以下本申请实施例提供了多种在IAB通信系统中网络编码功能的实现方式。The following embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways to implement the network coding function in the IAB communication system.
图9是一种IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图,示出了IAB系统中在多条传输链路共Donor DU场景下应用网络编码功能,其中,具体示出了终端设备(举例为UE),IAB节点1,IAB节点2,IAB节点3,以及宿主基站IAB Donor,该IAB Donor包括两部分,一部分是Donor DU,一部分是Donor CU,如图9所示,该UE通过IAB系统进行的数据或信令传输可以通过两条链路进行,一条链路是UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点2-IAB Donor DU–IAB Donor CU,另一条链路是UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点3-IAB Donor DU–IAB Donor CU,可以看出,这两条链路汇聚在同一个Donor DU上,因此称之为共Donor DU,其中,IAB节点1可以称之为接入IAB节点,IAB节点2和IAB节点3可以称之为中间节点。可以理解的是,数据或者信令的传输可以是从UE向Donor CU的上行方向通过上述两条路径或其中任一路径进行,也可以是从Donor CU向UE的下行方向通过上述两条路径或其中任一路径进行,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function in an IAB communication system. It shows the application of network coding function in the scenario of multiple transmission links sharing Donor DU in the IAB system. Among them, the terminal equipment (for example, UE), IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, and the donor base station IAB Donor. The IAB Donor consists of two parts, one part is Donor DU, and the other part is Donor CU. As shown in Figure 9, the UE uses the IAB system to perform The data or signaling transmission can be carried out through two links, one link is UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU, and the other link is UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3 -IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU, it can be seen that the two links are converged on the same Donor DU, so they are called a total Donor DU. Among them, IAB node 1 can be called an access IAB node, IAB node 2 and IAB node 3 can be called intermediate nodes. It is understandable that the transmission of data or signaling can be from the UE to the Donor CU in the uplink direction through the above two paths or any one of them, or from the Donor CU to the UE in the downlink direction through the above two paths or Any path is performed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在图9所示的多条链路共Donor DU场景下,网络编码功能在IAB系统中可以有3中应用方式,包括:In the Donor DU scenario with multiple links shown in Figure 9, the network coding function can be applied in 3 ways in the IAB system, including:
应用1:网络编码功能分别在接入IAB节点和Donor DU上执行。Application 1: The network coding function is executed on the access IAB node and the Donor DU respectively.
应用2:网络编码功能分别在UE和Donor CU上执行。Application 2: The network coding function is executed on the UE and Donor CU respectively.
应用3:网络编码功能分别在接入IAB节点和Donor CU上执行。Application 3: The network coding function is executed on the access IAB node and the Donor CU respectively.
下面分别针对上述3中不同应用的实现方式进行介绍。以下主要以用户面为例对本申请实施例的技术方案进行描述,可以理解的是,同理,本申请实施例同样适用于控制面,可用于提高控制面信令传输的可靠性,减少控制面信令传输的时延。The following is an introduction to the implementation of the different applications in the above 3 respectively. The following mainly takes the user plane as an example to describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that, the same applies to the embodiments of the present application, and can be used to improve the reliability of control plane signaling transmission and reduce the control plane. The delay of signaling transmission.
实施例一,主要对应前述应用1:网络编码功能分别在接入IAB节点和Donor DU上的执行进行详细描述。The first embodiment mainly corresponds to the aforementioned application 1: the execution of the network coding function on the access IAB node and the Donor DU respectively is described in detail.
图10为一种IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图,图10中示出了由UE、IAB节点1,IAB节点2,IAB节点3,IAB Donor DU以及IAB Donor CU构成的具有两条传输链路的IAB通信系统,其中,路径1包括UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点2-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU,路径2包括:UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点3-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU。图10还示出了UE、IAB节点1,IAB节点2,IAB节点3,Donor DU以及Donor CU的用户面协议栈架构,示例性的,图10所示出的用户面协议栈架构的一般性描述可参考图8及前述针对图8的描述,其中,图10所示出的IAB通信系统与图8所示出的IAB通信系统不同之处在于,图8中的IAB节点2的协议栈及其功能对应于图10中的IAB节点1的协议栈及其功能,图8中的IAB节点1的协议栈及其功能对应于图10中的IAB节点2和/或IAB节点3的协议栈及其功能,此处不再赘述。Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function into an IAB communication system. Figure 10 shows a system consisting of UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, IAB Donor DU, and IAB Donor CU. The IAB communication system of the transmission link, where path 1 includes UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU, path 2 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3-IAB Donor DU-IAB Donor CU. Figure 10 also shows the user plane protocol stack architecture of UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, and Donor CU. Illustratively, the generality of the user plane protocol stack architecture shown in Figure 10 The description can refer to FIG. 8 and the foregoing description of FIG. 8. The difference between the IAB communication system shown in FIG. 10 and the IAB communication system shown in FIG. 8 is that the protocol stack of the IAB node 2 in FIG. 8 and Its function corresponds to the protocol stack and function of IAB node 1 in Fig. 10, and the protocol stack and function of IAB node 1 in Fig. 8 correspond to the protocol stack and/or IAB node 2 and/or IAB node 3 in Fig. 10 Its function will not be repeated here.
基于图10,本申请实施例中,IAB系统中应用的网络编码功能可以在现有的BAP层中实现,比如,通过扩展当前BAP层的功能来实现网络编码功能,当然,IAB系统中应用的网络编码功能也可以在图10所示IAB系统中的RLC层的功能中进行部署,比如,部署 在UE、IAB节点1,IAB节点2,IAB节点3,Donor DU以及Donor CU中的一个或多个网元的RLC层;或者,如图10所示出的一种可选方式,网络编码功能还可以在IAB系统中当前的IP层和BAP层之间引入一个新的协议层实现,例如,引入专用的网络编码功能层(如,RLNC层)。由上述,图10中所示协议栈架构,如果网络编码功能被设置在BAP层来实现,则图10所示出的协议栈不包含网络编码功能层(如RLNC层)的功能,也即RLNC功能包含在BAP层中,如果网络编码功能需要通过新增的网络编码功能层来实现,则图10的协议栈架构中包含新增的网络编码功能层(如RLNC层)。当然,RLNC层的功能和BAP层(也可以是其他层:如RLC层或MAC层等)的功能可以结合在一起形成新的具有网络编码处理功能的层,本申请实施例对具有网络编码处理功能的协议层的名称不做具体限定。Based on Figure 10, in this embodiment of the application, the network coding function applied in the IAB system can be implemented in the existing BAP layer. For example, the network coding function can be realized by extending the function of the current BAP layer. Of course, the network coding function applied in the IAB system The network coding function can also be deployed in the function of the RLC layer in the IAB system shown in Figure 10, for example, deployed in one or more of UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, and Donor CU. The RLC layer of each network element; or, as an alternative as shown in Figure 10, the network coding function can also be implemented by introducing a new protocol layer between the current IP layer and the BAP layer in the IAB system, for example, Introduce a dedicated network coding function layer (eg, RLNC layer). From the above, the protocol stack architecture shown in Figure 10, if the network coding function is set to be implemented at the BAP layer, the protocol stack shown in Figure 10 does not include the function of the network coding function layer (such as the RLNC layer), that is, RLNC The function is included in the BAP layer. If the network coding function needs to be implemented by a newly added network coding function layer, the protocol stack architecture of FIG. 10 includes a newly added network coding function layer (such as the RLNC layer). Of course, the functions of the RLNC layer and the functions of the BAP layer (or other layers: RLC layer or MAC layer, etc.) can be combined to form a new layer with network coding processing functions. The name of the protocol layer of the function is not specifically limited.
基于上述,结合图10,本申请实施例提出一种网络编码方法,该方法应用于IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,该IAB Donor包括IAB宿主分布式单元IAB Donor DU和IAB宿主集中式单元IAB Donor CU,以下行传输为例,如图11所示,图11为一种IAB通信系统中引入网络编码的方法示意图,该方法包括:Based on the foregoing, in conjunction with FIG. 10, an embodiment of the present application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to an IAB network. The IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node. The IAB Donor includes an IAB host distributed unit IAB Donor DU and IAB host centralized unit IAB Donor CU, take the following line transmission as an example, as shown in Figure 11. Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB communication system. The method includes:
操作1101:IAB Donor CU将用户设备(UE)的数据发向IAB Donor DU。Operation 1101: The IAB Donor CU sends the user equipment (UE) data to the IAB Donor DU.
示例性的,IAB宿主节点中的IAB Donor CU(对于CU功能进行用户面和控制面分离的情况,则为Donor CU-UP)将UE的PDCP协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)映射到对应的GTP隧道后生成IP包,并将IP包发向Donor DU。Exemplarily, the IAB Donor CU in the IAB host node (for the case where the user plane and the control plane are separated for the CU function, then Donor CU-UP) maps the PDCP protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) of the UE to the corresponding After the GTP tunnel, an IP packet is generated, and the IP packet is sent to Donor DU.
操作1102:IAB Donor DU对用户设备的数据执行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包。Operation 1102: The IAB Donor DU performs a network encoding operation on the data of the user equipment to generate an encoded data packet.
示例性的,Donor DU可以根据收到的IP包的头字段中携带的区分服务编码点(differentiated services code point,DSCP)的值、流标签Flow Label的值、目标IP地址中的任一或多个,确定该IP包的路由和/或承载映射,然后Donor DU将具有相同路由和承载映射的IP包进行网络编码后生成编码数据包。Exemplarily, the Donor DU can be based on any one or more of the value of the differentiated services code point (DSCP), the value of the Flow Label, and the destination IP address carried in the header field of the received IP packet. First, determine the route and/or bearer mapping of the IP packet, and then the Donor DU performs network coding on the IP packet with the same route and bearer mapping to generate an encoded data packet.
示例性的,IAB Donor DU执行网络编码操作可以在该Donor DU执行回传适配协议BAP层加头操作之前执行。也就是说,在Donor DU的协议栈设计时,可以将网络编码操作的功能包含在BAP层功能中,或者,在Donor DU的协议栈设计时,在BAP层和英特网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)层之间新引入一个协议层用于实现网络编码操作。Exemplarily, the network coding operation performed by the IAB Donor DU may be performed before the Donor DU performs the header addition operation at the BAP layer of the backhaul adaptation protocol. In other words, in the Donor DU protocol stack design, the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or, in the Donor DU protocol stack design, the BAP layer and the Internet Protocol (IP ) A new protocol layer is introduced between the layers to implement network coding operations.
在一种可选网络编码操作中,对于1:1承载映射场景,即UE的一个承载的数据在回传链路上被映射到一个针对该UE的该承载配置的一个BH RLC信道(channel)上传输,也就是说针对UE的承载配置了专用的BH RLC channel,那么,在这种情况下,在IAB Donor DU执行网络编码操作是基于per UE bearer来配置和实现的。In an optional network coding operation, for a 1:1 bearer mapping scenario, that is, the data of a bearer of the UE is mapped to a BH RLC channel configured for the bearer of the UE on the backhaul link. Upper transmission, that is to say, a dedicated BH RLC channel is configured for the bearer of the UE. Then, in this case, the network coding operation performed on the IAB Donor DU is configured and implemented based on the per UE bearer.
在另一种可选网络编码操作中,对于N:1承载映射场景(N为大于等于2的正整数),属于N个不同的UE的具有相同或类似服务质量(quality of service,QoS)要求的承载的数据在回传链路上可以被映射到同一个BH RLC channel上传输。示例性的,对下行链路传输而言,Donor DU收到下行传输的IP包时,无法区分或者不区分该IP包的数据属于哪个UE,因此,在N:1承载映射场景下,在IAB Donor DU执行网络编码操作时,属于不同的UE的具有相同或类似QoS的承载数据包被放在一起执行网络编码操作后传输。In another optional network coding operation, for N:1 bearer mapping scenarios (N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2), N different UEs have the same or similar quality of service (QoS) requirements The bearer data can be mapped to the same BH RLC channel for transmission on the backhaul link. Exemplarily, for downlink transmission, when the Donor DU receives an IP packet for downlink transmission, it cannot distinguish or does not distinguish which UE the data of the IP packet belongs to. Therefore, in the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, in the IAB When the Donor DU performs the network coding operation, the bearer data packets with the same or similar QoS belonging to different UEs are put together to perform the network coding operation and then transmitted.
操作1103:IAB Donor DU将生成的编码数据包通过不同路径发给接入IAB节点1。Operation 1103: the IAB Donor DU sends the generated coded data packet to the access IAB node 1 through different paths.
例如,IAB Donor DU可以将生成的编码数据包通过传输路径1(如图10、图11所示经由IAB节点2)传输,和/或,通过传输路径2(如图10、图11所示经由IAB节点3) 传输,其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该Donor DU,IAB节点2和该接入IAB节点,该传输路径2包括节点:该Donor DU,IAB节点3和该接入IAB节点。For example, IAB Donor DU can transmit the generated encoded data packet through transmission path 1 (via IAB node 2 as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11), and/or through transmission path 2 (via IAB node 2 as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11). IAB node 3) transmission, where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the IAB node 2 and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the IAB node 3 and the access IAB node.
在一种可选设计中:IAB Donor DU可以接收来自于该Donor CU的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示Donor DU生成的编码数据包在不同的传输路径的传输比例。比如,该指示信息包括:编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。在本设计中,主要由IAB宿主节点中的Donor CU决定Donor DU的下行如何分流,具体的,Donor CU可以向Donor DU发送用于指示不同传输路径上的分流比例的指示信息,比如,该指示信息指示Donor DU将70%的编码数据包通过路径1传输给IAB节点1,和/或,将30%的编码数据包通过路径2传输给IAB节点1,可以理解的是,经过网络编码功能处理后的编码数据包在路径1和路径2的具体传输比例本申请实施例不作限定,例如,也可以是60%的编码数据包通过路径1传输给IAB节点1,和/或,将40%的编码数据包通过路径2传输给IAB节点1,此处不做限定。可选的,Donor CU可以将该用于指示不同传输路径上的分流比例的指示信息携带在F1AP消息中发送给Donor DU。可以理解的是,在另一种可选方式中,用于指示不同传输路径上的分流比例的指示信息,可以包括在不同路径传输的数据量,比如路径1传输的数据量(可用bit表示),和/或,路径2传输的数据量(可用bit表示)。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以指示Donor DU在进行下行方向数据传输时,Donor DU生成的网络编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In an optional design: the IAB Donor DU may receive indication information from the Donor CU, and the indication information is used to indicate the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the Donor DU in different transmission paths. For example, the indication information includes: the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2. In this design, the Donor CU in the IAB host node decides how the Donor DU's downlink is to be offloaded. Specifically, the Donor CU can send to the Donor DU indication information for indicating the offload ratio on different transmission paths, for example, the instruction The information instructs Donor DU to transmit 70% of the coded data packets to IAB node 1 through path 1, and/or, to transmit 30% of the coded data packets to IAB node 1 through path 2. It can be understood that the network coding function is processed The specific transmission ratio of the latter encoded data packets on path 1 and path 2 is not limited in the embodiment of this application. For example, 60% of the encoded data packets may be transmitted to IAB node 1 through path 1, and/or 40% The encoded data packet is transmitted to the IAB node 1 through path 2, which is not limited here. Optionally, the Donor CU may carry the indication information for indicating the offload ratios on different transmission paths in the F1AP message and send it to the Donor DU. It is understandable that, in another optional manner, the indication information used to indicate the split ratio on different transmission paths may include the amount of data transmitted on different paths, such as the amount of data transmitted by path 1 (which can be represented by bits) , And/or, the amount of data transmitted by path 2 (indicated by bits). Through this implementation method, the Donor CU can instruct the Donor DU to transmit the network coded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links when transmitting data in the downlink direction, so as to more effectively realize the load balance between the different links. Or it is beneficial to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
示例性的,本申请实施例在不同传输路径上数据量的分流比例,一般是指针对原始数据进行编码后获得的编码数据包的分流比例,但不排除其它方式。Exemplarily, the distribution ratio of the data volume on different transmission paths in the embodiment of the present application generally refers to the distribution ratio of the encoded data packet obtained after encoding the original data, but other methods are not excluded.
在一种可选设计中,该Donor DU可以根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。通过本实现方式,Donor DU可以根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定Donor DU生成的编码数据包在不同链路的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In an optional design, the Donor DU may determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2 according to the transmission condition of the downlink transmission path. Through this implementation, the Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the Donor DU on different links according to the transmission conditions of the downlink transmission path, so as to achieve load balance between different links more effectively, or to facilitate It is actually necessary to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links.
在一种可选设计中,该Donor DU可以接收该Donor CU发送的下行传输路径的传输情况,示例性的,该下行传输路径的传输情况包括:传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,该传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。可选的,获知传输路径1和或传输路径2的下行传输情况后,Donor DU就可以根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。In an optional design, the Donor DU may receive the transmission status of the downlink transmission path sent by the Donor CU. Exemplarily, the transmission status of the downlink transmission path includes: any one of the following information of the transmission path 1 or Multiple: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and The size of the receive buffer. Optionally, after learning the downlink transmission status of transmission path 1 and or transmission path 2, Donor DU can determine the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet in transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the downlink transmission path, and/or the encoded data packet Transmission ratio in transmission path 2.
在一种可选设计中,该Donor DU可以接收Donor CU发送的配置信息,该配置信息包括服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息,该服务质量信息和该至少一个路径信息相对应,该至少一个路径信息包括:该传输路径1的信息,和/或,该传输路径2的信息。其中,可选的,服务质量信息可以是一个或多个用户设备的业务数据所对应的服务质量信息。通过本实现方式,该Donor DU获取到该配置信息后,Donor DU可以根据待传输数据的服务质量信息和路径信息的对应关系,将待传输数据经过网络编码操作后生成的编码数据包通过传输路径1,和/或,传输路径2进行下行传输。示例性的,该服务质量信息可以包括:区分 服务编码点DSCP,和/或,数据流标签Flow Label;该路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。通过本实现方式,Donor DU在进行下行方向数据传输时,可以根据服务质量信息来确定编码数据包在不同传输路径上的传输比例。In an optional design, the Donor DU may receive configuration information sent by the Donor CU. The configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information. The quality of service information corresponds to the at least one path information, and the at least one path The information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2. Wherein, optionally, the service quality information may be service quality information corresponding to service data of one or more user equipments. Through this implementation, after the Donor DU obtains the configuration information, the Donor DU can pass the encoded data packet generated after the data to be transmitted through the network encoding operation through the transmission path according to the corresponding relationship between the quality of service information of the data to be transmitted and the path information. 1, and/or, transmission path 2 performs downlink transmission. Exemplarily, the service quality information may include: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label; the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and/or a routing identifier Routing ID. Through this implementation, when the Donor DU is performing downlink data transmission, it can determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different transmission paths according to the quality of service information.
在一种可选设计中,该Donor CU可以接收来自于该接入IAB节点的DDDS,该DDDS信息包括路径信息及以下与路径信息对应的任一种或多种信息:传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以获知各个下行传输路径的数据传输情况,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小等一种或多种信息,由此带来的一个技术效果是,后续Donor CU可以根据各个下行传输路径的数据传输情况,指示Donor DU在传输编码数据包时在下行各传输路径上的合理的传输比例。In an optional design, the Donor CU can receive the DDDS from the access IAB node. The DDDS information includes path information and any one or more of the following information corresponding to the path information: transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer. Through this implementation method, the Donor CU can learn one or more types of information such as the data transmission status of each downlink transmission path, the transmission data rate, the transmission data volume, and the size of the receiving buffer. A technical effect brought by this is that the follow-up Donor According to the data transmission conditions of each downlink transmission path, the CU can instruct Donor DU to transmit a reasonable transmission ratio on each downlink transmission path when transmitting encoded data packets.
操作1104:接入IAB节点1对接收到的编码数据包进行译码,获得该用户设备的原始数据。Operation 1104: access the IAB node 1 to decode the received encoded data packet, and obtain the original data of the user equipment.
示例性的,IAB节点1将从不同路径上收到的编码数据包进行译码后获取到IP包,并将IP包送到GTP-U层进行处理后获取到UE的PDCP PDU,然后将获取到的PDCP PDU发送到UE,UE交给PDCP层进行相应处理(比如,在PDCP层进行排序和/或重复包检测的操作),由此获得该UE的原始数据。Exemplarily, the IAB node 1 decodes the encoded data packets received on different paths to obtain the IP packet, and sends the IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then obtains the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then obtains the PDCP PDU of the UE. The received PDCP PDU is sent to the UE, and the UE hands it to the PDCP layer for corresponding processing (for example, sorting and/or repeated packet detection operations at the PDCP layer), thereby obtaining the original data of the UE.
通过图11所示出的网络编码方法,接收端(IAB节点1)只要能从一条路径收到来自发送端(IAB Donor DU)的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并恢复出该用户设备的原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延,此处所涉及的网络编码操作,可以是RLNC码,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他适用的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Through the network encoding method shown in Figure 11, the receiving end (IAB node 1) can decode and recover the user as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the sender (IAB Donor DU) from one path. The original data of the device, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing the delay of data transmission. The network coding operations involved here can be RLNC codes, fountain codes, or other applicable codes. Examples of this application There is no restriction on this.
示例性的,基于图11所示方法,在一种可选设计中:Donor DU执行网络编码操作之前,Donor CU可以给Donor DU发送配置信息,该配置信息使得Donor DU能够执行网络编码操作,比如,该配置信息中包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块中的包含的字符长度。相应的,Donor CU可以把该配置信息也发送给接入IAB节点,以便于接入IAB节点在下行接收网络编码数据包时可以根据相应的配置信息进行接收并译码。在这种设计中,Donor DU是基于Donor CU提供的配置信息,执行相应的网络编码操作。在一种可选设计中,Donor CU可以发送多套配置信息给Donor DU和/或接入IAB节点,该多套配置信息对应不同的网络编码操作类型,每一套配置信息都可以包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块中的包含的字符长度。在一种可选设计中,Donor CU向Dornor DU发送配置信息,也可以意味着同时指示Donor DU的网络编码操作功能被激活,同样的,Donor CU向接入IAB节点1发送配置信息,也可以意味着同时指示接入IAB节点1的网络编码操作功能被激活;在另一种可选方式中,Donor DU执行网络编码操作之前,还可以相应的由Donor CU发送指示给Donor DU,以指示Donor DU激活或者开启网络编码功能,并执行相应的网络编码操作,相应可选的,IAB Donor CU也可以发指示给接入IAB节点1,以指示接入IAB节点1激活或者开启网络编码功能,并执行相应的译码操作。Exemplarily, based on the method shown in Figure 11, in an optional design: before the Donor DU performs the network coding operation, the Donor CU can send configuration information to the Donor DU, which enables the Donor DU to perform the network coding operation, such as , The configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block that performs network coding; the number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and, each source The length of the characters contained in the data block. Correspondingly, the Donor CU may also send the configuration information to the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can receive and decode the network coded data packet according to the corresponding configuration information when receiving the network coded data packet in the downlink. In this design, Donor DU performs corresponding network coding operations based on the configuration information provided by Donor CU. In an optional design, Donor CU can send multiple sets of configuration information to Donor DU and/or access IAB nodes. The multiple sets of configuration information correspond to different types of network coding operations. Each set of configuration information can include the following Any one or more kinds of information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block that performs network coding; the number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and the length of characters contained in each source data block . In an optional design, Donor CU sends configuration information to Dornor DU, which can also mean that the network coding operation function of Donor DU is activated at the same time. Similarly, Donor CU sends configuration information to access IAB node 1. It means that the network coding operation function of indicating access to IAB node 1 is activated at the same time; in another optional way, before the Donor DU performs the network coding operation, the Donor CU can also send instructions to the Donor DU to indicate the Donor. The DU activates or turns on the network coding function, and performs the corresponding network coding operations. Optionally, the IAB Donor CU can also send instructions to the access IAB node 1 to instruct the access IAB node 1 to activate or enable the network coding function, and Perform the corresponding decoding operation.
示例性的,基于图11所示方法,在一种可选设计中:Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以从其他网络获取网络编码操作的配置信息,比如Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以从操作管理维护(operations,administration and maintenance,OAM)系统获取多套配置信息, 该多套配置信息对应不同的网络编码操作类型,每一套配置信息可以包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块中的包含的字符长度。或者Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以在出厂时预存储这多套配置信息。Exemplarily, based on the method shown in Figure 11, in an optional design: Donor DU or access IAB node can obtain network coding operation configuration information from other networks, such as Donor DU or access IAB node can be managed from operation management The maintenance (operations, administration and maintenance, OAM) system obtains multiple sets of configuration information, which correspond to different types of network coding operations, and each set of configuration information may include any one or more of the following information: Type; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the number of source data blocks that the data block for performing network coding is divided into; and the length of characters contained in each source data block. Or the Donor DU or the access IAB node can pre-store these multiple sets of configuration information at the factory.
示例性的,基于图11所示方法,在一种可选设计中:对于Donor DU或者接入IAB节点被配置了多套网络编码操作的配置信息的情况,Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以从Donor CU获得指示信息,该指示信息用于指示Donor DU或者接入IAB节点需要激活哪一套配置信息,并使用激活的配置信息来进行网络编码操作或译码操作。结合图10所示出的IAB系统协议栈架构以及图11所示出的网络编码方法,以网络编码功能在BAP层中实现为例,以下对本申请实施例继续进行描述。Exemplarily, based on the method shown in Figure 11, in an optional design: for the case where the Donor DU or the access IAB node is configured with multiple sets of configuration information for network coding operations, the Donor DU or the access IAB node can be configured from The Donor CU obtains indication information, which is used to indicate which set of configuration information the Donor DU or access to the IAB node needs to activate, and uses the activated configuration information to perform network coding operations or decoding operations. Combining the IAB system protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 10 and the network coding method shown in FIG. 11, taking the realization of the network coding function in the BAP layer as an example, the following description of the embodiments of the present application will be continued.
图12示出了一种在IAB系统中引入网络编码的方法,该网络编码功能需要在BAP层加头操作之前完成,比如:在确定路由和承载映射操作之后,在BAP层加头操作之前,引入网络编码操作。示例性的,该方法包括:Figure 12 shows a method of introducing network coding in the IAB system. The network coding function needs to be completed before the BAP layer header operation, for example: after the routing and bearer mapping operations are determined, before the BAP layer header operation, Introduce network coding operations. Exemplarily, the method includes:
操作1201:IAB接入节点(例如,图10,图11中的IAB节点1,以上行传输为视角,本实施例中以下相同,不再赘述)或IAB宿主节点(例如,图10,图11中的IAB Donor DU,以下行传输为视角,本实施例中以下相同,不再赘述)确定UE的数据的传输路由。示例性的,IAB节点1和Donor DU之间的数据传输链路包含了IAB节点2和/或IAB节点3,因此,IAB节点1或者Donor DU可以基于Donor CU配置的路由信息,确定UE的数据在IAB系统中的下一跳传输节点的地址,从而确定数据的传输路径为路径1或者路径2。Operation 1201: IAB access node (e.g., Figure 10, IAB node 1 in Figure 11, from the perspective of upstream transmission, the following is the same in this embodiment, and will not be repeated) or IAB host node (e.g., Figure 10, Figure 11 In the IAB Donor DU in the lower row transmission perspective, the following is the same in this embodiment, and will not be repeated here) Determine the transmission route of the UE's data. Exemplarily, the data transmission link between IAB node 1 and Donor DU includes IAB node 2 and/or IAB node 3. Therefore, IAB node 1 or Donor DU can determine UE data based on the routing information configured by Donor CU The address of the next hop transmission node in the IAB system, thereby determining whether the data transmission path is path 1 or path 2.
操作1202:IAB接入节点或IAB宿主节点确定来自上述UE的数据在回传链路的承载映射。示例性的,一旦确定了UE的数据的传输路径,而该传输路径上可能存在多个BH RLC channel,因此,为了满足该UE的数据在传输过程中的服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)保证(guarantee),需要将该UE的数据映射到与该QoS保证相对应的BH RLC channel上传输。Operation 1202: the IAB access node or the IAB host node determines the bearer mapping of the data from the UE on the backhaul link. Exemplarily, once the transmission path of the UE’s data is determined, there may be multiple BH RLC channels on the transmission path. Therefore, in order to meet the quality of service (QoS) guarantee of the UE’s data in the transmission process (guarantee), the data of the UE needs to be mapped to the BH RLC channel corresponding to the QoS guarantee for transmission.
操作1203:IAB接入节点或IAB宿主节点对待发送的UE数据进行网络编码处理操作,比如,执行RLNC码操作。Operation 1203: the IAB access node or the IAB host node performs network coding processing operations on the UE data to be sent, for example, performing RLNC code operations.
操作1204:BAP加头(header)操作。示例性的,在操作1104中,在IAB接入节点或IAB宿主节点,对经过RLNC方式的网络编码操作生成的数据包,添加BAP层的头信息,例如:添加的头信息包括用于路由的标识(Routing ID)。Operation 1204: BAP plus header (header) operation. Exemplarily, in operation 1104, in the IAB access node or the IAB host node, the header information of the BAP layer is added to the data packet generated by the network coding operation in the RLNC mode, for example: the added header information includes the information used for routing Identification (Routing ID).
在一种网络编码操作中,对于1:1承载映射场景,即UE的一个承载的数据在回传链路上被映射到一个针对该UE的该承载配置的一个BH RLC信道(channel)上传输,也就是说针对UE的承载配置了专用的BH RLC channel,那么,在这种情况下,网络编码功能是基于per UE bearer来配置和实现的。In a network coding operation, for a 1:1 bearer mapping scenario, that is, the data of a bearer of the UE is mapped to a BH RLC channel configured for the bearer of the UE on the backhaul link for transmission. That is to say, a dedicated BH RLC channel is configured for the bearer of the UE. In this case, the network coding function is configured and implemented based on the per UE bearer.
在另一种网络编码操作中,对于N:1承载映射场景(N为大于等于2的正整数),属于N个不同的UE的具有相同或类似服务质量(quality of service,QoS)要求的承载的数据在回传链路上可以被映射到同一个BH RLC channel上传输。示例性的,对下行链路传输而言,Donor DU收到下行传输的IP包时,无法区分或者不区分该IP包的数据属于哪个UE,因此,在N:1承载映射场景下,属于不同的UE的具有相同或类似QoS的承载数据包被放在一起执行网络编码操作后传输。In another network coding operation, for N:1 bearer mapping scenarios (N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2), bearers belonging to N different UEs with the same or similar quality of service (QoS) requirements The data can be mapped to the same BH RLC channel for transmission on the backhaul link. Exemplarily, for downlink transmission, when the Donor DU receives an IP packet for downlink transmission, it cannot distinguish or does not distinguish which UE the data of the IP packet belongs to. Therefore, in the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, it is different. The bearer data packets of the UEs with the same or similar QoS are put together to perform network coding operations and then transmitted.
参考上述本申请实施例,本申请又一实施例如图13所示,图13为一种IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图,如图13所示,其中,IP包(IP Packets)在Donor DU和Donor CU之间通过F1接口进行传输,在一种可选设计中,Donor CU在属于同一UE的承载的IP包的头字段中添加相同的DSCP/flow label值,该Donor CU可以给Donor DU配置同一DSCP/flow label值与不同路径的映射关系,也即:同一个DSCP/flow label值可以与一个或多个路径相对应,或者说,具有同一个DSCP/flow label值的IP包可以被映射到多个路径上传输,示例性的,DSCP 1/flow label 1与路径1对应,与此同时,DSCP 1/flow label 1还可以与路径2对应。Donor DU将来自Donor CU的IP包进行网络编码处理后得到编码数据包(如图13,用符号“□”表示,本申请后续实施例中编码数据包可用相同的该符号表示),示例性的,如图13,Donor DU将来自Donor CU的IP包进行网络编码处理后得到7个编码数据包,(可选的)基于Donor CU发送的用于指示不同路径上分流比例的指示信息,Donor DU将编码数据包分流到不同的路径上传输,比如,将7个编码数据包中的4个通过路径1传输,和或,将7个编码数据包中的3个通过路径2传输。在一种可选设计中,对于N:1承载映射场景,Donor DU可以将属于N个UE的具有相同路由和/或承载映射的IP包一起进行网络编码,由接入IAB节点(如图10中IAB节点1)将收到的编码数据包进行译码后恢复出IP包,再交给GTP-U层处理区分出不同UE的数据。With reference to the above embodiments of the application, another embodiment of the application is shown in FIG. 13, which is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function into an IAB communication system, as shown in FIG. 13, where IP packets (IP Packets) are in The transmission between the Donor DU and the Donor CU is carried out through the F1 interface. In an optional design, the Donor CU adds the same DSCP/flow label value to the header field of the IP packet carried by the same UE. The Donor CU can give Donor DU configures the mapping relationship between the same DSCP/flow label value and different paths, that is: the same DSCP/flow label value can correspond to one or more paths, in other words, IP packets with the same DSCP/flow label value It can be mapped to multiple paths for transmission. Illustratively, DSCP 1/flow label 1 corresponds to path 1, and at the same time, DSCP 1/flow label 1 can also correspond to path 2. Donor DU performs network encoding processing on the IP packets from Donor CU to obtain encoded data packets (as shown in Figure 13, the symbol "□" indicates that the encoded data packets in the subsequent embodiments of this application can be represented by the same symbol), exemplary As shown in Figure 13, Donor DU performs network encoding processing on the IP packets from Donor CU to obtain 7 encoded data packets, (optional) based on the indication information sent by Donor CU to indicate the proportion of offloads on different paths, Donor DU The coded data packets are split to different paths for transmission, for example, 4 of the 7 coded data packets are transmitted through path 1, and or, 3 of the 7 coded data packets are transmitted through path 2. In an optional design, for the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, the Donor DU can perform network coding together with IP packets belonging to N UEs with the same route and/or bearer mapping, and then access the IAB node (as shown in Figure 10). The middle IAB node 1) decodes the received encoded data packet and recovers the IP packet, which is then handed over to the GTP-U layer for processing to distinguish the data of different UEs.
结合图13所示,在一种可选设计中,为了帮助Donor CU进行分流决策,Donor CU需要获知编码数据包在不同路径上的传输情况。示例性的,可以通过接入IAB节点(比如图10,图11中的IAB节点1)向Donor CU发送针对UE承载的(per UE bearer)的下行数据发送状态(Downlink Data Delivery Status,DDDS)反馈,来获知编码数据包在不同路径上(比如前述路径1和或路径2)的传输情况,在这种设计中,可以对现有的DDDS消息中携带的内容进行扩展,在DDDS消息中新增以下任一种或多种信息:As shown in Figure 13, in an optional design, in order to help the Donor CU to make offloading decisions, the Donor CU needs to know the transmission conditions of the encoded data packets on different paths. Exemplarily, an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 in Figure 10, Figure 11) can be accessed to send a downlink data transmission status (Downlink Data Delivery Status, DDDS) feedback for the UE bearer (per UE bearer) to the Donor CU. , To know the transmission status of encoded data packets on different paths (such as the aforementioned path 1 and or path 2). In this design, the content carried in the existing DDDS message can be expanded, and the DDDS message can be added Any one or more of the following information:
路径信息,例如:路径标识(Path ID)或路由标识(Routing ID)。其中,Routing ID包含Path ID和路由目标节点的BAP地址(例如:接入IAB节点的BAP地址)。Path information, for example: Path ID or Routing ID. Among them, the Routing ID includes the Path ID and the BAP address of the routing target node (for example, the BAP address of the access IAB node).
传输数据速率,例如,接收数据速率(Data rate)。The transmission data rate, for example, the received data rate (Data rate).
传输数据量,例如,接收数据量。The amount of transmitted data, for example, the amount of received data.
缓存(buffer)大小,例如,用于接收的buffer的大小。The size of the buffer, for example, the size of the buffer used for receiving.
其中,接收数据速率,接收数据量,接收的buffer大小可以分别与路径信息一一对应,也可以理解为,DDDS消息中新增携带的信息包括针对某个传输路径的接收数据速率或者某个传输路径的接收数据量或者某个传输路径的接收buffer大小。这样,在Donor CU获得编码数据包在不同传输路径上的传输情况的基础上,Donor CU可以决策编码数据包在不同传输路径上的传输比例或者数据量。Among them, the received data rate, the received data volume, and the received buffer size can respectively correspond to the path information one-to-one. It can also be understood that the newly added information in the DDDS message includes the received data rate for a certain transmission path or a certain transmission The received data volume of the path or the receiving buffer size of a certain transmission path. In this way, on the basis that the Donor CU obtains the transmission conditions of the encoded data packets on different transmission paths, the Donor CU can decide the transmission ratio or data volume of the encoded data packets on different transmission paths.
结合图13所示,在一种可选设计中,和前述由Donor CU决定不同路径上网络编码数据包的比例不同的是,由Donor DU自行决定在不同路径上进行传输的网络编码数据包的分流比例。在这一场景中,为了帮助Donor DU进行更好的编码数据包传输分流决策,Donor CU可以将编码数据包在不同路径上的传输的情况通知给Donor DU,比如,Donor CU将以下任一种或多种信息发送给Donor DU,以便于Donor DU决定在不同路径上传输网络编码数据包的分流比例:As shown in Figure 13, in an optional design, unlike the aforementioned Donor CU determines the proportion of network coded data packets on different paths, the Donor DU decides on its own the ratio of the network coded data packets to be transmitted on different paths. Shunt ratio. In this scenario, in order to help the Donor DU make better decisions about the transmission and distribution of encoded data packets, the Donor CU can notify the Donor DU of the transmission of the encoded data packets on different paths. For example, the Donor CU will make any of the following Or multiple types of information are sent to the Donor DU, so that the Donor DU can determine the distribution ratio of the network coded data packets transmitted on different paths:
路径信息,例如:路径标识(Path ID)或路由标识(Routing ID)。Path information, for example: Path ID or Routing ID.
传输数据速率,例如,接收数据速率。Transmission data rate, for example, receive data rate.
传输数据量,例如,接收的数据量。The amount of data transmitted, for example, the amount of data received.
缓存(buffer)大小,例如用于接收的buffer的大小。The size of the buffer, such as the size of the buffer used for receiving.
以上信息可以和前述DDDS消息中携带的扩展信息相类似,其中,接收数据速率,接收的数据量,接收的buffer大小可以分别与路径信息一一对应,具体此处不再赘述。The above information can be similar to the extended information carried in the aforementioned DDDS message, where the received data rate, the received data volume, and the received buffer size can respectively correspond to the path information one-to-one, and the details are not repeated here.
结合图13所示,在一种可选设计中,为了让接入IAB节点能够对收到的编码数据包进行正确译码,Donor CU可以向接入IAB节点发送一些网络编码相关的控制信息。该网络编码相关的控制信息可以携带在RRC消息或者F1AP消息中发送。其中,网络编码相关的控制信息包括以下一种或多种信息:As shown in Figure 13, in an optional design, in order for the access IAB node to correctly decode the received encoded data packet, the Donor CU may send some network coding-related control information to the access IAB node. The control information related to the network coding can be carried in an RRC message or an F1AP message and sent. Among them, the control information related to network coding includes one or more of the following information:
网络编码的类型,例如:Raptor Q码,或者,RLNC码等。The type of network coding, for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
执行网络编码的数据块大小,例如:Object的大小或长度。The size of the data block for network coding, such as the size or length of the object.
网络编码数据块被分割成的源数据块的数量,例如:Object中包含的block的个数,或者,每个block的长度。The number of source data blocks that the network coded data block is divided into, for example: the number of blocks contained in the Object, or the length of each block.
每个源数据块中包含的字符长度,例如:symbol的长度,或者,每个block中包含的symbol个数。The length of the characters contained in each source data block, for example: the length of the symbol, or the number of symbols contained in each block.
结合图13所示,接入IAB节点的网络编码功能的激活,在一种可选设计中,接入IAB节点只要收到Donor CU发送的网络编码相关的控制信息,则认为在IAB节点的网络编码的功能被激活。在另一种可选的设计中,Donor CU可以向IAB节点发送一个激活指示信息,用于指示下行网络编码功能被激活,比如,该激活指示信息可用于指示接入IAB节点需要对收到的下行数据包进行译码后再发送到上层处理。示例性的,该激活指示信息可以携带在Donor CU发给该UE的RRC消息中。可以理解的是,针对上行传输和下行传输的网络编码功能可以使用一个激活指示信息来激活,也可以分别使用两个激活指示信息来激活。示例性的,当使用一个激活指示信息来激活网络编码功能时,则接入IAB节点从Donor CU收到该激活指示信息时,将认为上行传输和下行传输的的网络编码功能都默认激活;当使用两个激活指示信息来激活网络编码功能时,则其中的一个激活指示信息用来激活上行传输的网络编码功能,另一个激活指示信息用来激活下行传输的的网络编码功能,一种示例性的实现方式包括,使用一个bit,当该比特取值为1时,则表示激活上行传输的网络编码功能,当该bit取值为0时,则表示激活下行传输的网络编码功能,当然,可以理解的是,此处取值不做限定,比如当该比特取值为0时,则表示激活上行传输的网络编码功能,该bit取值为1时,则表示激活下行传输的网络编码功能。可以理解的是,针对IAB系统中IAB Donor DU的网络编码功能的激活,同理,针对上行传输和下行传输的网络编码功能可以使用一个激活指示信息来激活,也可以分别使用两个激活指示信息来激活,此处不再赘述。In conjunction with the activation of the network coding function of the access IAB node as shown in Figure 13, in an optional design, the access IAB node only needs to receive the control information related to the network coding sent by the Donor CU, it is considered to be in the network of the IAB node. The coding function is activated. In another alternative design, the Donor CU may send an activation indication message to the IAB node to indicate that the downlink network coding function is activated. For example, the activation indication information may be used to indicate that the access IAB node needs to respond to the received The downlink data packet is decoded and then sent to the upper layer for processing. Exemplarily, the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message sent by the Donor CU to the UE. It is understandable that the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated by using one activation indication information, or can be activated by using two activation indication information respectively. Exemplarily, when an activation indication message is used to activate the network coding function, when the access IAB node receives the activation indication information from the Donor CU, it will consider that the network coding functions for both uplink transmission and downlink transmission are activated by default; when When two activation indication messages are used to activate the network coding function, one of the activation indication messages is used to activate the network coding function for uplink transmission, and the other activation indication information is used to activate the network coding function for downlink transmission. The implementation method includes the use of a bit. When the value of this bit is 1, it means that the network coding function of uplink transmission is activated. When the value of this bit is 0, it means that the network coding function of downlink transmission is activated. Of course, you can It is understood that the value here is not limited. For example, when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the network coding function of uplink transmission is activated, and when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the network coding function of downlink transmission is activated. It is understandable that for the activation of the network coding function of IAB Donor DU in the IAB system, similarly, the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated using one activation indication message, or two activation indication messages can be used separately To activate, I won’t repeat it here.
参考图10,本申请又一实施例提出一种网络编码方法,该方法应用于IAB网络,该IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,该IAB Donor包括IAB宿主分布式单元IAB Donor DU和IAB宿主集中式单元IAB Donor CU,以上行传输为例,如图14所示,图14为一种在IAB系统中引入网络编码的方法示意图,该方法包括:Referring to FIG. 10, another embodiment of the present application proposes a network coding method, which is applied to an IAB network. The IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor and an access IAB node. The IAB Donor includes an IAB host distributed unit IAB Donor DU and IAB host the centralized unit IAB Donor CU. Take upstream transmission as an example, as shown in Figure 14. Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for introducing network coding in an IAB system. The method includes:
操作1401:将用户设备(UE)的数据发向接入IAB节点1。Operation 1401: send user equipment (UE) data to the access IAB node 1.
操作1402:接入IAB节点1对来自一个或多个UE的数据执行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包。Operation 1402: Access the IAB node 1 to perform a network coding operation on data from one or more UEs, and generate coded data packets.
示例性的,接入IAB节点1可以根据收到的UE的IP包的头字段中携带的DSCP的 值、Flow Label的值、目标IP地址中的任一或多个,确定该IP包的路由和/或承载映射,接入IAB节点1将具有相同路由和承载映射的IP包进行网络编码后生成编码数据包。Exemplarily, the access IAB node 1 may determine the route of the IP packet according to any one or more of the value of DSCP, the value of Flow Label, and the target IP address carried in the header field of the IP packet of the received UE. And/or bearer mapping, the access IAB node 1 performs network coding on IP packets with the same route and bearer mapping to generate coded data packets.
示例性的,接入IAB节点1执行网络编码操作可以在该接入IAB节点1执行回传适配协议BAP层加头操作之前执行。也就是说,在接入IAB节点的协议栈设计时,可以将网络编码操作的功能包含在BAP层功能中,或者,在接入IAB节点的协议栈设计时,示例性的,如图10所示,在BAP层和英特网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)层之间新引入一个协议层用于实现网络编码操作。Exemplarily, the access IAB node 1 to perform the network coding operation may be performed before the access IAB node 1 performs the backhaul adaptation protocol BAP layer header operation. That is to say, when designing the protocol stack for accessing the IAB node, the function of network coding operation can be included in the BAP layer function, or, when designing the protocol stack for accessing the IAB node, exemplarily, as shown in Figure 10 It shows that a new protocol layer is introduced between the BAP layer and the Internet Protocol (IP) layer to implement network coding operations.
在一种可选网络编码操作中,对于1:1承载映射场景,即一个UE的一个承载的数据在回传链路上被映射到针对该UE的该承载配置的一个BH RLC信道(channel)上传输,也就是说针对一个UE的承载配置了专用的BH RLC channel,那么,在这种情况下,在接入IAB节点1执行网络编码操作是基于per UE bearer的方式来配置和实现的。In an optional network coding operation, for a 1:1 bearer mapping scenario, that is, the data of a bearer of a UE is mapped to a BH RLC channel configured for the bearer of the UE on the backhaul link. Uplink transmission, that is to say, a dedicated BH RLC channel is configured for the bearer of a UE. Then, in this case, the network coding operation performed on the access IAB node 1 is configured and implemented based on the per UE bearer.
在另一种可选网络编码操作中,对于N:1承载映射场景(N为大于等于2的正整数),属于N个不同的UE的具有相同或类似服务质量要求的承载的数据在回传链路上可以被映射到同一个BH RLC channel上传输。示例性的,对上行链路传输而言,接入IAB节点1收到来自一个或多个UE的上行传输的IP包时,无法区分或者不区分该IP包的数据属于哪个UE,因此,在N:1承载映射场景下,在接入IAB节点1执行网络编码操作时,属于不同的UE的具有相同或类似QoS的承载数据包可以被放在一起执行网络编码操作后传输。In another optional network coding operation, for the N:1 bearer mapping scenario (N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2), the data of bearers with the same or similar service quality requirements belonging to N different UEs are transmitted back The link can be mapped to the same BH RLC channel for transmission. Exemplarily, for uplink transmission, when the access IAB node 1 receives an IP packet for uplink transmission from one or more UEs, it cannot distinguish or does not distinguish which UE the data of the IP packet belongs to. Therefore, in In the N:1 bearer mapping scenario, when accessing the IAB node 1 to perform a network coding operation, bearer data packets with the same or similar QoS belonging to different UEs can be put together to perform the network coding operation and then transmitted.
操作1403:接入IAB节点1将生成的编码数据包通过不同路径发给接入IAB Donor DU。Operation 1403: The access IAB node 1 sends the generated coded data packet to the access IAB Donor DU through different paths.
例如,接入IAB节点1可以将生成的编码数据包通过传输路径1(如图10、图11所示经由IAB节点2)传输,和/或,通过传输路径2(如图10、图11所示经由IAB节点3)传输,其中,该传输路径1包括节点:该接入IAB节点,IAB节点2和该Donor DU,该传输路径2包括节点:该接入IAB节点,IAB节点3和该Donor DU。For example, the access IAB node 1 can transmit the generated encoded data packet through the transmission path 1 (via the IAB node 2 as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11), and/or through the transmission path 2 (as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11). Indicates transmission via IAB node 3), where the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, IAB node 2 and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, IAB node 3 and the Donor DU.
在一种可选设计中:该接入IAB节点可以接收来自于该Donor CU的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该接入IAB节点生成的编码数据包在不同的传输路径的传输比例。比如,该指示信息包括:编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。在本设计中,主要由IAB宿主节点中的Donor CU决定该接入IAB节点的上行传输如何分流,具体的,Donor CU可以向该接入IAB节点发送用于指示分流比例的指示信息,比如,该指示信息指示该接入IAB节点将70%的编码数据包通过路径1传输给IAB节点1,和/或,将30%的编码数据包通过路径2传输给IAB节点1。可选的,Donor CU可以将该用于指示分流比例的指示信息携带在RRC消息或者F1AP消息中发送给接入IAB节点。可以理解的是,在另一种可选方式中,Donor CU发送的用于指示分流比例的指示信息,可以包括在不同路径传输的数据量,比如路径1传输的数据量(比如,用bit表示),和/或,路径2传输的数据量(比如,用bit表示)。通过本实现方式,Donor CU可以指示该接入IAB节点在进行上行方向数据传输时,该接入IAB节点生成的网络编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的传输比例。In an optional design: the access IAB node may receive indication information from the Donor CU, where the indication information is used to indicate the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets generated by the access IAB node in different transmission paths. For example, the indication information includes: the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2. In this design, the Donor CU in the IAB host node decides how to offload the uplink transmission of the access IAB node. Specifically, the Donor CU can send indication information for indicating the offload ratio to the access IAB node, for example, The indication information indicates that the access IAB node transmits 70% of the coded data packets to the IAB node 1 through path 1 and/or transmits 30% of the coded data packets to the IAB node 1 through path 2. Optionally, the Donor CU may carry the indication information for indicating the offload ratio in an RRC message or an F1AP message and send it to the access IAB node. It is understandable that, in another optional manner, the indication information sent by the Donor CU to indicate the split ratio may include the amount of data transmitted on different paths, such as the amount of data transmitted by path 1 (for example, represented by bits). ), and/or the amount of data transmitted by path 2 (for example, expressed in bits). Through this implementation, the Donor CU can instruct the access IAB node to transmit data in the uplink direction, the transmission ratio of the network coded data packet generated by the access IAB node on different links, so as to more effectively implement different links The load balance between the two, or is conducive to determining the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
在一种可选设计中,该接入IAB节点可以根据上行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例,以更有效的实现不同链路之间的负荷平衡,或者有利于根据实际需要确定编码数据包在不同链路上的 传输比例。In an optional design, the access IAB node may determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on transmission path 2 according to the transmission conditions of the uplink transmission path. It is more effective to achieve load balance between different links, or to determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different links according to actual needs.
在一种可选设计中,该接入IAB节点可以接收该Donor CU发送的上行传输路径的传输情况,示例性的,该上行传输路径的传输情况包括:传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,该传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。可选的,获知传输路径1和/或传输路径2的上行传输情况后,该接入IAB节点就可以根据上行传输路径的传输情况,确定编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例。In an optional design, the access IAB node may receive the transmission status of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU. Illustratively, the transmission status of the uplink transmission path includes: any of the following information of transmission path 1 One or more types: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or, any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer. Optionally, after learning the uplink transmission status of transmission path 1 and/or transmission path 2, the access IAB node can determine the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on transmission path 1 according to the transmission status of the uplink transmission path, and/or , The transmission ratio of encoded data packets in transmission path 2.
在一种可选设计中,该接入IAB节点可以接收Donor CU发送的配置信息,该配置信息包括服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息,该服务质量信息和该至少一个路径信息相对应,该至少一个路径信息包括:该传输路径1的信息,和/或,该传输路径2的信息。其中,可选的,服务质量信息可以是一个或多个用户设备的业务数据所对应的服务质量信息。通过本实现方式,该接入IAB节点获取到该配置信息后,该接入IAB节点可以根据待传输数据的服务质量信息和路径信息的对应关系,将待传输数据经过网络编码操作后生成的编码数据包通过传输路径1,和/或,传输路径2进行上行传输。示例性的,该服务质量信息可以包括:区分服务编码点DSCP,和/或,数据流标签Flow Label,或者,该服务质量信息可以包括:GTP隧道标识(即:IP地址+GTP TEID),在这种情况下,上行传输可以通过GTP隧道标识来进行承载映射和/或路径选择,因此该配置信息可以包括该GTP隧道标识,以及和该GTP隧道标识对应的路径信息;该路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。通过本实现方式,该接入IAB节点在进行上行方向数据传输时,可以根据服务质量信息来确定编码数据包在不同传输路径上的传输比例。In an optional design, the access IAB node may receive configuration information sent by the Donor CU, the configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information, the quality of service information corresponds to the at least one path information, and the at least one path information A piece of path information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2. Wherein, optionally, the service quality information may be service quality information corresponding to service data of one or more user equipments. Through this implementation, after the access IAB node obtains the configuration information, the access IAB node can, according to the corresponding relationship between the service quality information of the data to be transmitted and the path information, convert the data to be transmitted to the code generated after the network coding operation The data packet is transmitted upstream through transmission path 1, and/or transmission path 2. Exemplarily, the service quality information may include: differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or data flow label Flow Label, or, the service quality information may include: GTP tunnel identifier (ie: IP address + GTP TEID). In this case, the uplink transmission can perform bearer mapping and/or path selection through the GTP tunnel identifier, so the configuration information may include the GTP tunnel identifier and path information corresponding to the GTP tunnel identifier; the path information includes: path Identifies the Path ID, and/or, the Routing ID. Through this implementation manner, when the access IAB node performs data transmission in the uplink direction, the transmission ratio of the encoded data packets on different transmission paths can be determined according to the quality of service information.
在一种可选设计中,该接入IAB节点可以接收来自于该Donor CU发送的上行传输路径的路径信息以及路径信息对应的以下信息中的任一种或多种:传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。通过本实现方式,该接入IAB节点可以获知各个上行传输路径的数据传输情况,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小中的一种或多种信息,由此带来的一个技术效果是,后续该接入IAB节点可以根据各个上行传输路径的数据传输情况,在传输编码数据包时在各上行传输路径设置合理的传输比例。In an optional design, the access IAB node may receive the path information of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU and any one or more of the following information corresponding to the path information: transmission data rate, transmission data And the size of the receive buffer. Through this implementation, the access IAB node can learn one or more of the data transmission status, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size of each uplink transmission path, which brings a technical effect Yes, the subsequent access IAB node can set a reasonable transmission ratio in each uplink transmission path when transmitting encoded data packets according to the data transmission conditions of each uplink transmission path.
操作1404:IAB Donor DU对接收到的编码数据包进行译码,获得该UE的原始数据。Operation 1404: the IAB Donor DU decodes the received encoded data packet to obtain the original data of the UE.
示例性的,IAB Donor DU将从不同路径上收到的编码数据包进行译码后获取到编码前的原始数据IP包,然后,IAB Donor DU将译码恢复后的IP包进一步发送到IAB Donor CU,IAB Donor CU将收到的IP包送到GTP-U层进行处理后获取到UE的原始数据PDCP PDU,然后将获取到的PDCP PDU交给PDCP层进行相应处理(比如,在PDCP层进行排序和/或重复包检测的操作),由此进一步获得该UE的PDCP SDU。通过图14所示出的网络编码方法,接收端(IAB Donor DU)只要能从一条路径收到来自发送端(接入IAB节点1)的足够多的编码数据包,就可以译码并通过IAB Donor CU恢复出该用户设备的原始数据,从而提高数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输时延,此处所涉及的网络编码,可以是RLNC,也可以是喷泉码,还可以是其他的码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, IAB Donor DU decodes the encoded data packets received on different paths and obtains the original data IP packets before encoding. Then, IAB Donor DU further sends the decoded IP packets to IAB Donor. CU, IAB Donor CU sends the received IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then obtains the original data PDCP PDU of the UE, and then passes the obtained PDCP PDU to the PDCP layer for corresponding processing (for example, in the PDCP layer) Sequence and/or repeat packet detection operations), thereby further obtaining the PDCP SDU of the UE. Through the network coding method shown in Figure 14, the receiver (IAB Donor DU) can decode and pass IAB as long as it can receive enough encoded data packets from the sender (access to IAB node 1) from one path. Donor CU restores the original data of the user equipment, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission and reducing data transmission delay. The network code involved here can be RLNC, fountain code, or other codes. The application embodiment does not limit this.
示例性的,对于本实施例,关于恢复UE的原始数据,上行传输方向和下行传输方向的处理不一致的地方包括:比如,在下行方向,GTP隧道是建立在接入IAB节点上的,所以接入IAB节点可以恢复出UE PDCP PDU,然后通过空口发送给UE,以便UE上的PDCP 层处理后恢复UE的PDCP SDU,而在上行方向,GTP隧道是建立在Donor CU上的,Donor DU只能译码恢复出进行编码前的原始IP包,然后Donor DU将恢复出的IP包发送到Donor CU,在Donor CU由GTP层处理后才能得到UE的PDCP PDU,然后在交给PDCP层处理得到UE的PDCP SDU。简言之,对于上下行传输,UE原始数据可以是UE的PDCP PDU,对于下行传输,是在接入IAB节点上恢复出UE的PDCP PDU,对于上行传输,则是在Donor CU上恢复出UE的PDCP PDU。Exemplarily, for this embodiment, regarding the restoration of the original data of the UE, the processing inconsistencies between the uplink transmission direction and the downlink transmission direction include: for example, in the downlink direction, the GTP tunnel is established on the access IAB node, so the connection The incoming IAB node can recover the UE PDCP PDU, and then send it to the UE through the air interface so that the PDCP layer on the UE recovers the PDCP SDU of the UE after processing. In the uplink direction, the GTP tunnel is established on the Donor CU, and the Donor DU can only Decoding restores the original IP packet before encoding, and then the Donor DU sends the restored IP packet to the Donor CU. After the Donor CU is processed by the GTP layer, the PDCP PDU of the UE can be obtained, and then the PDCP layer is processed to obtain the UE. PDCP SDU. In short, for uplink and downlink transmission, the original UE data can be the PDCP PDU of the UE, for downlink transmission, the PDCP PDU of the UE is restored on the access IAB node, and for uplink transmission, the UE is restored on the Donor CU. PDCP PDU.
示例性的,基于图14所示方法,在一种可选设计中:接入IAB节点1执行网络编码操作之前,Donor CU可以给接入IAB节点1发送配置信息,该配置信息使得该接入IAB节点1能够执行网络编码操作,比如,该配置信息中包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块中的包含的字符长度。相应的,Donor CU可以把该配置信息也发送给IAB Donor DU,以便于IAB Donor DU在上行接收网络编码数据包时可以根据相应的配置信息进行接收并译码。在这种设计中,Donor DU是基于Donor CU提供的配置信息,执行相应的网络编码操作。在一种可选设计中,Donor CU可以发送多套配置信息给Donor DU和/或接入IAB节点,该多套配置信息对应不同的网络编码操作类型,每一套配置信息都可以包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块中的包含的字符长度。在一种可选设计中,Donor CU向该接入IAB节点1发送配置信息,也可以意味着同时指示该接入IAB节点1的网络编码操作功能被激活,同样的,Donor CU向Donor DU发送配置信息,也可以意味着同时指示该Donor DU的网络编码功能被激活;在另一种可选方式中,该接入IAB节点1执行网络编码操作之前,还可以相应的由Donor CU发送指示给该接入IAB节点1,以指示该接入IAB节点1激活或者开启网络编码功能,并执行相应的网络编码操作,相应可选的,IAB Donor CU也可以发指示给IAB Donor DU,以指示该IABDonor DU激活或者开启网络编码功能,并执行相应的译码操作。Exemplarily, based on the method shown in Figure 14, in an optional design: before accessing the IAB node 1 to perform the network coding operation, the Donor CU can send configuration information to the accessing IAB node 1, and the configuration information makes the access The IAB node 1 can perform network coding operations. For example, the configuration information includes any one or more of the following information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block for performing network coding; the data block for performing network coding is divided into sources The number of data blocks; and, the length of characters contained in each source data block. Correspondingly, the Donor CU can also send the configuration information to the IAB Donor DU, so that the IAB Donor DU can receive and decode the corresponding configuration information according to the corresponding configuration information when the IAB Donor DU receives the network coded data packet in the uplink. In this design, Donor DU performs corresponding network coding operations based on the configuration information provided by Donor CU. In an optional design, Donor CU can send multiple sets of configuration information to Donor DU and/or access IAB nodes. The multiple sets of configuration information correspond to different types of network coding operations. Each set of configuration information can include the following Any one or more kinds of information: the type of network coding; the size of the data block that performs network coding; the number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and the length of characters contained in each source data block . In an optional design, the Donor CU sends configuration information to the access IAB node 1, which can also mean that the network coding operation function of the access IAB node 1 is activated at the same time. Similarly, the Donor CU sends the Donor DU The configuration information can also mean that the network coding function of the Donor DU is also activated; in another optional way, before the access IAB node 1 performs the network coding operation, the Donor CU can also send instructions to The access IAB node 1 instructs the access IAB node 1 to activate or enable the network coding function, and perform the corresponding network coding operation. Optionally, the IAB Donor CU can also send instructions to the IAB Donor DU to indicate the IABDonor DU activates or turns on the network encoding function, and executes the corresponding decoding operation.
示例性的,基于图14所示方法,在一种可选设计中:Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以从其他网络获取网络编码操作的配置信息,比如Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以从操作管理维护(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)系统获取多套配置信息,该多套配置信息对应不同的网络编码类型,每一套配置信息可以包括如下中任一种或多种信息:网络编码的类型;执行网络编码的数据块的大小;执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,每个源数据块中的包含的字符长度。或者,Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以在出厂时预存储这多套配置信息。Exemplarily, based on the method shown in Figure 14, in an optional design: Donor DU or access IAB node can obtain network coding operation configuration information from other networks, such as Donor DU or access IAB node can be managed from operation management The operation administration and maintenance (OAM) system obtains multiple sets of configuration information, and the multiple sets of configuration information correspond to different network coding types. Each set of configuration information may include any one or more of the following information: network coding type; The size of the data block for performing network coding; the number of source data blocks that the data block for performing network coding is divided into; and the length of characters contained in each source data block. Alternatively, the Donor DU or the access IAB node can pre-store these multiple sets of configuration information at the factory.
示例性的,基于图14所示方法,在一种可选设计中:对于Donor DU或者接入IAB节点被配置了多套网络编码操作的配置信息的情况,Donor DU或者接入IAB节点可以从Donor CU获得指示信息,该指示信息用于指示Donor DU或者接入IAB节点需要激活哪一套配置信息,并使用激活的配置信息来进行网络编码操作或译码操作。Exemplarily, based on the method shown in Figure 14, in an optional design: for the case where the Donor DU or the access IAB node is configured with multiple sets of configuration information for network coding operations, the Donor DU or the access IAB node can be from The Donor CU obtains indication information, which is used to indicate which set of configuration information the Donor DU or access to the IAB node needs to activate, and uses the activated configuration information to perform network coding operations or decoding operations.
图15为一种IAB通信系统中引入网络编码功能的系统示意图,结合图15,以下针对上行传输方向对本申请实施例进行描述。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a system that introduces a network coding function in an IAB communication system. With reference to FIG. 15, the following describes an embodiment of the present application with respect to the uplink transmission direction.
如图15所示,UE将其产生的至少一个PDCP PDU发送到接入IAB节点,也即如图15中IAB节点1),IAB节点1将UE的PDCP PDU映射到对应的GTP隧道后生成IP包,并对具有相同路由和承载映射的1个或多个IP包进行网络编码后生成编码数据包,然后 将生成的编码数据包映射到不同的路径上发送到Donor DU,由Donor DU将不同路径上收到的编码数据包进行译码后恢复出IP包并进一步发送到Donor CU。Donor CU将收到的IP包送到GTP-U层进行处理后获取到该UE的PDCP PDU,然后将PDCP PDU送到PDCP层进行处理。As shown in Figure 15, the UE sends at least one PDCP PDU it generates to the access IAB node, that is, IAB node 1) in Figure 15. IAB node 1 maps the UE’s PDCP PDU to the corresponding GTP tunnel to generate IP Packet, and perform network encoding on one or more IP packets with the same routing and bearer mapping to generate encoded data packets, and then map the generated encoded data packets to different paths and send them to the Donor DU, and the Donor DU will be different After decoding the encoded data packet received on the path, the IP packet is recovered and sent to the Donor CU. The Donor CU sends the received IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then obtains the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then sends the PDCP PDU to the PDCP layer for processing.
结合图15,在一种可选设计中,IAB节点1将进行网络编码后的编码数据包发送给Donor DU,对于网络编码包在不同路径上的分流决策,本申请实施例提出以下可选方法:With reference to Figure 15, in an alternative design, the IAB node 1 sends the coded data packet after network coding to the Donor DU. For the offloading decision of the network coded packet on different paths, the embodiment of this application proposes the following alternative methods :
方法1:由Donor CU决定接入IAB节点1的上行分流策略。Method 1: Donor CU decides the upstream offload strategy for accessing IAB node 1.
示例性的,在一种可选设计中,Donor CU为同一UE的同一承载bearer在IAB节点1和Donor CU之间建立两个GTP隧道,如图15,GTP-U 1和GTP-U 2,这两个GTP隧道对应于UE和IAB节点1之间的同一个UE的一个DRB。Donor CU为接入IAB节点配置这两个GTP隧道和不同传输路径的映射关系,把相应的配置信息发送给接入IAB节点,该配置信息可以包括:GTP-U 1映射到路径1上,通过IAB节点2进行传输,和/或,GTP-U 2映射到路径2上,通过IAB节点3进行传输,当然,也可以是GTP-U 1映射到路径2上,通过IAB节点3进行传输,和/或,GTP-U 2映射到路径1上,通过IAB节点2进行传输,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, in an optional design, Donor CU is the same bearer of the same UE and the bearer establishes two GTP tunnels between IAB node 1 and Donor CU, as shown in Figure 15, GTP-U 1 and GTP-U 2, These two GTP tunnels correspond to one DRB of the same UE between the UE and the IAB node 1. Donor CU configures the mapping relationship between these two GTP tunnels and different transmission paths for the access IAB node, and sends the corresponding configuration information to the access IAB node. The configuration information may include: GTP-U 1 is mapped to path 1, through IAB node 2 performs transmission, and/or, GTP-U 2 is mapped to path 2, and is transmitted through IAB node 3. Of course, GTP-U 1 can also be mapped to path 2 and transmitted through IAB node 3, and /Or, GTP-U 2 is mapped to path 1, and is transmitted through IAB node 2, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
结合图15,在一种可选设计中,为了帮助接入IAB节点执行Donor CU的分流决策,Donor CU可以向IAB节点1发送分流比例指示信息,该分流比例指示信息与GTP隧道标识相对应,可以与GTP隧道建立时一起配置,也可以是GTP隧道建立后根据路径链路情况进行配置调整,以便接入IAB节点获知从同一UE的同一DRB上收到的一定比例(比如用百分比表示)的数据量需要分流到GTP-U 1上传输,和/或,一定比例(比如用百分比表示)的数据量需要分流到GTP-U 2上传输,例如:分流比例指示信息指示70%的数据量分流到GTP-U 1上传输,30%的数据量分流到GTP-U 2上传输。。或者,该分流比例指示信息还可以与路径信息相对应,其中,路径信息可以是Path ID,或者是Routing ID。Donor CU可以将该分流比例指示信息携带在RRC消息中发送到接入IAB节点1的MT部分,或者,携带在F1 AP消息中发送到接入IAB节点1的DU部分。With reference to Figure 15, in an optional design, in order to help the access IAB node perform the offload decision of the Donor CU, the Donor CU may send offload ratio indication information to the IAB node 1, and the offload ratio indication information corresponds to the GTP tunnel identifier. It can be configured together when the GTP tunnel is established, or it can be adjusted according to the path link condition after the GTP tunnel is established, so that the access IAB node can learn a certain percentage (for example, expressed as a percentage) from the same DRB of the same UE. The data volume needs to be diverted to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or a certain percentage (for example, expressed as a percentage) of the data volume needs to be diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission, for example: the percentage of offload information indicates that 70% of the data volume is diverted For transmission on GTP-U 1, 30% of the data volume is shunted to GTP-U 2 for transmission. . Alternatively, the offload ratio indication information may also correspond to path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID. The Donor CU may carry the offload ratio indication information in an RRC message and send it to the MT part that accesses the IAB node 1, or carry it in an F1 AP message and send it to the DU part that accesses the IAB node 1.
结合图15,在在一种可选设计中,Donor CU决定GTP隧道和路径之间的映射关系,比如,GTP-U 1映射到路径1上,通过IAB节点2进行传输,GTP-U 2映射到路径2上,通过IAB节点3进行传输;但具体的数据分流比例由接入IAB节点自己决定。比如,接入IAB节点自行决定一定数量或者比例的数据量分流到GTP-U 1上传输,和/或,一定数量或者比例的数据量分流到GTP-U 2上传输。可选的,接入IAB节点1还可以根据在不同路径上发送数据的情况,自行调整编码数据包在不同路径上的发送比例,比如,接入IAB节点1可以根据路径1和路径2的负载情况来调整不同路径上的发送比例,如果路径1的负载较高,则提高在路径2的发送比例。With reference to Figure 15, in an optional design, Donor CU determines the mapping relationship between GTP tunnels and paths. For example, GTP-U 1 is mapped to path 1, and transmitted through IAB node 2, and GTP-U 2 is mapped To path 2, it is transmitted through IAB node 3; but the specific data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node itself. For example, the access IAB node decides on its own that a certain amount or proportion of data is offloaded to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or a certain amount or proportion of data is offloaded to GTP-U 2 for transmission. Optionally, access to IAB node 1 can also adjust the proportion of encoded data packets sent on different paths according to the conditions of sending data on different paths. For example, access to IAB node 1 can be based on the load of path 1 and path 2. According to the situation, adjust the transmission ratio on different paths. If the load on path 1 is high, increase the transmission ratio on path 2.
结合图16,图16为IAB系统中引入网络编码功能的又一示意图,和图15所示出的IAB系统的不同之处在于,图16所示出的IAB系统中,Donor CU为同一UE bearer在接入IAB节点(IAB node1DU)和Donor CU之间仅建立了1个GTP隧道GTP-U 1,这个GTP隧道GTP-U 1和UE与IAB节点1之间的UE DRB对应。Donor CU可以为接入IAB节点1配置这个GTP隧道和不同路径的映射关系,例如:Donor CU为接入IAB节点1提供配置信息,该配置信息包括:GTP-U 1映射到路径1上,可以通过IAB节点2进行传输,GTP-U 1还可以映射到路径2上,通过IAB节点3进行传输。在此场景下,同理, 为了帮助接入IAB节点1执行Donor CU的分流决策,Donor CU可以给接入IAB节点发送一个分流比例指示信息,示例性的,该分流比例指示信息可以与路径信息相对应,其中,路径信息可以是Path ID,或者是Routing ID,以便接入IAB节点获知从同一UE DRB上收到的一定比例或者数量的数据量需要通过路径1传输,和/或,一定比例或者数量的数据量需要通过路径2传输。示例性的,Donor CU可以将该分流比例指示信息携带在RRC消息中发送到接入IAB节点的MT,或者,携带在F1AP消息中发送到接入IAB节点的DU。在另一种可选设计中,也可以由Donor CU决定GTP隧道和路径的映射关系,但是数据分流比例由接入IAB节点1自己决定,即:接入IAB节点1从同一UE DRB上收到PDCP PDU后,将进行网络编码后获得的网络编码包的一定比例的数据量通过路径1传输,和/或,一定比例的数据量通过路径2上传输。此外,接入IAB节点还可以根据在不同路径上发送数据的情况,自行调整编码数据包在不同路径上的发送比例。此处不再赘述。With reference to Figure 16, Figure 16 is another schematic diagram of the introduction of the network coding function in the IAB system. The difference from the IAB system shown in Figure 15 is that in the IAB system shown in Figure 16, the Donor CU is the same UE bearer Only one GTP tunnel GTP-U 1 is established between the access IAB node (IAB node1DU) and the Donor CU. This GTP tunnel GTP-U 1 corresponds to the UE DRB between the UE and the IAB node 1. Donor CU can configure the mapping relationship between this GTP tunnel and different paths for access to IAB node 1. For example: Donor CU provides configuration information for access to IAB node 1. The configuration information includes: GTP-U 1 is mapped to path 1, which can be For transmission through IAB node 2, GTP-U 1 can also be mapped to path 2, and transmitted through IAB node 3. In this scenario, for the same reason, in order to help the access IAB node 1 perform the offload decision of the Donor CU, the Donor CU may send a offload ratio indication information to the access IAB node. For example, the offload ratio indication information may be the same as the path information. Correspondingly, the path information can be Path ID or Routing ID, so that the access IAB node knows that a certain percentage or amount of data received from the same UE DRB needs to be transmitted through path 1, and/or, a certain percentage Or the amount of data needs to be transmitted through path 2. Exemplarily, the Donor CU may carry the offload ratio indication information in an RRC message and send it to the MT accessing the IAB node, or carry it in an F1AP message and send it to the DU accessing the IAB node. In another optional design, the Donor CU can also determine the mapping relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, but the data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node 1, that is, the access IAB node 1 receives from the same UE DRB After PDCP PDU, a certain percentage of the data volume of the network coded packet obtained after network coding is transmitted through path 1, and/or a certain percentage of data volume is transmitted through path 2. In addition, the access IAB node can also adjust the proportion of coded data packets sent on different paths according to the data sent on different paths. I won't repeat them here.
结合图16所示出的IAB系统,在一种可选设计中,为了让接入IAB节点1能够对上行待发送数据进行网络编码,Donor CU可以向接入IAB节点发送一些网络编码相关的配置信息。示例性的,该网络编码相关的配置信息控制信息可以携带在RRC消息或者F1AP消息中发送给接入IAB节点。该网络编码相关的配置信息可以包括以下一种或多种配置:In combination with the IAB system shown in Figure 16, in an optional design, in order to allow the access IAB node 1 to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent, the Donor CU can send some network coding-related configurations to the access IAB node information. Exemplarily, the configuration information control information related to the network coding may be carried in an RRC message or an F1AP message and sent to the access IAB node. The configuration information related to the network coding may include one or more of the following configurations:
网络编码的类型,例如:Raptor Q码,或者,RLNC码等。The type of network coding, for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
执行网络编码的数据块大小,例如:Object的大小或长度。The size of the data block for network coding, such as the size or length of the object.
执行网络编码的数据块被分割成的源数据块的数量,例如:Object中包含的block的个数,或者,每个block的长度。The number of source data blocks into which the data block for network coding is divided, for example: the number of blocks contained in the Object, or the length of each block.
每个源数据块中包含的字符长度,例如:symbol的长度,或者,每个block中包含的symbol个数。The length of the characters contained in each source data block, for example: the length of the symbol, or the number of symbols contained in each block.
结合图16所示出的IAB系统,关于网络编码功能的激活,在一种可选设计中,接入IAB节点只要收到Donor CU发送的网络编码相关的配置信息,则默认上行网络编码的功能被激活。另一种可选的网络编码功能激活方式中,Donor CU可以向接入IAB节点发送一个激活指示信息,用于指示上行网络编码功能需要被激活。示例性的,该激活指示信息用于指示接入IAB节点需要对待发送的上行数据进行网络编码。示例性的,该激活指示信息可以携带在Donor CU发给该接入IAB节点的RRC消息或者F1AP消息中。可以理解的是,针对上行传输和下行传输的网络编码功能可以使用一个激活指示信息来激活,也可以分别使用两个激活指示信息来激活,比如,当使用一个激活指示信息来激活网络编码功能时,则接入IAB节点从Donor CU收到该激活指示信息时,将认为上行传输和下行传输的的网络编码功能都默认激活;当使用两个激活指示信息来激活网络编码功能时,则其中的一个激活指示信息用来激活上行传输的网络编码功能,另一个激活指示信息用来激活下行传输的的网络编码功能,一种示例性的实现方式包括,使用一个bit,当该比特取值为1时,则表示激活上行传输的网络编码功能,当该bit取值为0时,则表示激活下行传输的网络编码功能,当然,可以理解的是,此处取值不做限定,比如当该比特取值为0时,则表示激活上行传输的网络编码功能,该bit取值为1时,则表示激活下行传输的网络编码功能。In conjunction with the IAB system shown in Figure 16, regarding the activation of the network coding function, in an optional design, as long as the access IAB node receives the network coding-related configuration information sent by the Donor CU, it defaults to the uplink network coding function Activated. In another optional method for activating the network coding function, the Donor CU can send an activation indication message to the access IAB node to indicate that the uplink network coding function needs to be activated. Exemplarily, the activation indication information is used to indicate that the access IAB node needs to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent. Exemplarily, the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message or F1AP message sent by the Donor CU to the access IAB node. It is understandable that the network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated using one activation indication message, or two activation indication messages can be used separately, for example, when one activation indication message is used to activate the network coding function , When the access IAB node receives the activation indication information from the Donor CU, it will consider that the network coding functions for both uplink transmission and downlink transmission are activated by default; when two activation indications are used to activate the network coding function, One activation indication information is used to activate the network coding function of uplink transmission, and the other activation indication information is used to activate the network coding function of downlink transmission. An exemplary implementation includes using a bit, when the value of the bit is 1. When the value is 0, it means the network coding function of the uplink transmission is activated. When the bit value is 0, it means the network coding function of the downlink transmission is activated. Of course, it is understandable that the value here is not limited, for example, when the bit When the value is 0, it means that the network coding function for uplink transmission is activated. When the bit is 1, it means that the network coding function for downlink transmission is activated.
在一种可选设计中,本申请实施例中,用于上行传输的网络编码相关的配置信息和用于下行传输的网络编码相关的配置信息可以是一套信息,即上行传输和下行传输采用相同的网络编码配置信息,可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,用于上行传输方向的网络编码相关的配置信息和用于下行传输方向的网络编码相关的配置信息也可以互相独立的两套配 置信息,即上行传输和下行传输分别采用不同的网络编码配置。In an optional design, in the embodiment of the present application, the configuration information related to network coding used for uplink transmission and the configuration information related to network coding used for downlink transmission may be a set of information, that is, uplink transmission and downlink transmission adopt The same network coding configuration information, it can be understood that, in the embodiment of this application, the configuration information related to the network coding used in the uplink transmission direction and the configuration information related to the network coding used in the downlink transmission direction can also be two independent sets of each other. Configuration information, that is, different network coding configurations are used for uplink transmission and downlink transmission.
以上本申请实施例主要解决了在IAB系统中存在多路径传输的场景下,由于一条链路发生阻塞时导致数据传输可靠性降低的问题,同时也避免了对现有UE进行改动,是一种效益不错的实现方式。本申请实施例通过分别在接入IAB节点和Donor DU上引入网络编码功能,利用网络编码的特性(即,无论从哪条链路,只要收到足够多的编码数据包就能正确译码),从而提高IAB场景下的数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输的时延。The above embodiments of the present application mainly solve the problem of reduced reliability of data transmission when a link is blocked in the scenario of multi-path transmission in the IAB system, and at the same time, it also avoids the modification of the existing UE. A good way to achieve good results. The embodiment of this application introduces the network coding function on the access IAB node and the Donor DU respectively, and utilizes the characteristics of network coding (that is, no matter which link it is from, it can be decoded correctly as long as enough coded data packets are received) , Thereby improving the reliability of data transmission in the IAB scenario and reducing the time delay of data transmission.
实施例二,主要对应前述应用2:网络编码功能分别在UE和Donor CU上的执行进行详细描述。The second embodiment mainly corresponds to the aforementioned application 2: the execution of the network coding function on the UE and the Donor CU respectively is described in detail.
本申请又一实施例如图17所示,图17为IAB系统引入网络编码功能的示意图,示出了UE,IAB节点1,IAB节点2,IAB节点3,Donor DU,Donor CU等网元,其中,在IAB节点1和Donor DU存在两条传输路径,其中,传输路径1中包括节点:IAB节点1,IAB节点2和Donor DU,传输路径2中包括:IAB节点1,IAB节点3和Donor DU。图17中所示出的各网元及其所包含的具体协议层的描述可参考前述实施例,比如图10所示出的实施例的描述,此处不再一一赘述。和图10所示出的实施例有所不同,在如图17所示的IAB系统中,网络编码功能分别在UE和Donor CU上执行,示例性的,网络编码功能可以在现有PDCP层中实现(如,扩展现有PDCP层的功能),或者,如图17所示,在PDCP层和GTP层之间引入一个新的协议层(如:引入新的RLNC协议层)中实现。结合图17所描述的IAB系统,其中的网络编码可以是per UE bearer实现的,即:同一个UE的不同bearer的数据可以独立进行网络编码。Another embodiment of this application is shown in Figure 17. Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the IAB system introducing the network coding function, showing UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, Donor CU and other network elements, where There are two transmission paths between IAB node 1 and Donor DU. Among them, transmission path 1 includes nodes: IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and Donor DU, and transmission path 2 includes: IAB node 1, IAB node 3 and Donor DU. . For the description of each network element shown in FIG. 17 and the specific protocol layers contained therein, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment, such as the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here. Unlike the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, in the IAB system shown in FIG. 17, the network coding function is executed on the UE and the Donor CU respectively. Exemplarily, the network coding function can be in the existing PDCP layer Realize (for example, expand the function of the existing PDCP layer), or, as shown in FIG. 17, introduce a new protocol layer between the PDCP layer and the GTP layer (for example, introduce a new RLNC protocol layer). With reference to the IAB system described in FIG. 17, the network coding can be implemented per UE bearer, that is, the data of different bearers of the same UE can be independently network coded.
在一种可选设计中,网络编码功能还可以在GTP层或者GTP层以下协议层(例如:现有的UDP层或者IP层或者新增的协议层)中实现,即:以下行传输为例,Donor CU将UE的一个PDCP PDU映射到对应的GTP隧道后得到一个GTP隧道包,Donor CU可以将一个或者多个GTP隧道包执行网络编码操作得到网络编码数据包后封装在IP包中发送给Donor DU,由Donor DU将收到的IP包通过不同路径发送到接入IAB节点。对应的,接入IAB节点将从不同路径上收到的IP包进行译码操作后得到GTP隧道包,送到GTP层处理后得到UE的PDCP PDU,并将得到的UE PDCP PDU进一步发送到UE。In an optional design, the network coding function can also be implemented in the GTP layer or the protocol layers below the GTP layer (for example: the existing UDP layer or the IP layer or a new protocol layer), that is: the following line transmission as an example Donor CU maps a PDCP PDU of the UE to the corresponding GTP tunnel to obtain a GTP tunnel packet. Donor CU can perform network coding operations on one or more GTP tunnel packets to obtain the network coded data packet and encapsulate it in an IP packet and send it to Donor DU, the Donor DU sends the received IP packets to the access IAB node through different paths. Correspondingly, the access IAB node decodes the IP packets received from different paths to obtain the GTP tunnel packet, and sends it to the GTP layer for processing to obtain the PDCP PDU of the UE, and further sends the obtained PDCP PDU to the UE. .
结合图17,示例性的,本实施例中,以网络编码功能在现有PDCP层中实现,或者在PDCP层和GTP层之间引入一个新的协议层中实现为例进行说明,对于下行传输方向,引入网络编码功能后的系统处理流程包括:With reference to Figure 17, for example, in this embodiment, the network coding function is implemented in the existing PDCP layer, or the implementation in a new protocol layer between the PDCP layer and the GTP layer is taken as an example for description. For downlink transmission In the direction, the system processing flow after the introduction of the network coding function includes:
Donor CU对属于UE的1个或者多个PDCP PDU进行网络编码后,将编码数据包映射到对应的GTP隧道后生成IP包,并将IP包发送到Donor DU,Donor DU可以根据收到的IP包头字段中携带的DSCP/flow label值,将收到的IP包映射到不同路径上发送给IAB节点1,例如:传输路径1通过IAB节点2传输,传输路径2通过IAB节点3传输,IAB节点1将从不同路径上收到的IP包送到GTP-U层进行处理后获取到编码数据包,并将编码数据包发送到UE。UE对收到的编码数据包进行译码后恢复出UE的PDCP PDU,并交给PDCP层进行处理(比如,进行排序和/或重复包检测)。After the Donor CU performs network encoding on one or more PDCP PDUs belonging to the UE, it maps the encoded data packet to the corresponding GTP tunnel to generate an IP packet, and sends the IP packet to the Donor DU. The Donor DU can be based on the received IP The DSCP/flow label value carried in the header field maps the received IP packets to different paths and sends them to IAB node 1. For example, transmission path 1 transmits through IAB node 2, transmission path 2 transmits through IAB node 3, and IAB node 1 The IP packets received from different paths are sent to the GTP-U layer for processing, and then the encoded data packets are obtained, and the encoded data packets are sent to the UE. The UE decodes the received encoded data packet and recovers the PDCP PDU of the UE, which is then handed over to the PDCP layer for processing (for example, sorting and/or duplicate packet detection).
引入网络编码功能后的IAB系统在下行方向可以进行不同传输路径上的分流决策,示例性的,在一种可选设计中,由Donor CU决定Donor DU的下行分流,比如,由Donor CU决定属于同一UE的bearer的哪些IP包通过传输路径1发送,哪些IP包通过传输路径2发送,示例性的,Donor CU可以在属于同一UE的bearer的1个或多个IP包的IP头中打 上不同的DSCP/flow label的标签来实现。Donor DU根据Donor CU配置的不同DSCP/flow label值与不同路径的映射关系,将从Donor CU接收到的打了不同DSCP/flow label值的IP包映射到对应的路径上传输。After introducing the network coding function, the IAB system can make offloading decisions on different transmission paths in the downstream direction. Illustratively, in an optional design, the Donor CU determines the downstream offloading of the Donor DU. For example, the Donor CU determines the Which IP packets of the bearer of the same UE are sent through transmission path 1, and which IP packets are sent through transmission path 2. For example, Donor CU can add different IP headers of one or more IP packets belonging to the bearer of the same UE To achieve the DSCP/flow label. According to the mapping relationship between different DSCP/flow label values and different paths configured by the Donor CU, the Donor DU maps the IP packets with different DSCP/flow label values received from the Donor CU to the corresponding paths for transmission.
结合图17所示的系统,在一种可选设计中,为了帮助Donor CU进行分流决策,Donor CU需要获知IP包在不同路径上的传输情况,示例性的,可以通过接入IAB节点(IAB节点1)向该Donor CU发送的per UE bearer的DDDS反馈来实现,其中,需要对现有DDDS消息中携带的内容进行扩展,额外新增以下一种或多种信息:In combination with the system shown in Figure 17, in an optional design, in order to help the Donor CU to make offloading decisions, the Donor CU needs to know the transmission status of IP packets on different paths. For example, it can be accessed through an IAB node (IAB Node 1) implements the per UE bearer DDDS feedback sent to the Donor CU, where the content carried in the existing DDDS message needs to be extended, and one or more of the following information is additionally added:
-路径信息,例如:路径标识Path ID,或者,路由标识Routing ID。其中,Routing ID包含Path ID和BAP address(路由目标的BAP地址,例如:接入IAB节点的BAP地址)。-Path information, for example: Path ID, or Routing ID. Among them, the Routing ID includes Path ID and BAP address (the BAP address of the routing target, for example: the BAP address of the access IAB node).
-接收的数据速率data rate。-The received data rate data rate.
-接收的数据量。-The amount of data received.
-接收buffer的大小。-The size of the receiving buffer.
其中,接收的data rate,接收的数据量,接收buffer的大小都与路径信息一一对应。即:DDDS消息中携带的是针对某一个传输路径上的接收的data rate或者接收的数据量或者接收buffer的大小。Among them, the received data rate, the amount of received data, and the size of the received buffer all correspond to the path information one-to-one. That is, the DDDS message carries the received data rate or the amount of received data or the size of the received buffer on a certain transmission path.
在一种可选设计中,如果Donor CU采用CP-UP分离架构,则per UE bearer的GTP隧道(GTP-U1和/或GTP-U2)建立在接入IAB节点(如图17中IAB节点1的DU部分)和Donor CU-UP之间,在此情况下,Donor CU-CP需要向Donor CU-UP发送一个用于多路径传输的分流比例指示信息,该分流比例指示信息可以与GTP隧道标识相对应,或者,该分流比例指示信息可以与路径信息相对应,其中,路径信息可以是Path ID,或者是Routing ID,用于指示Donor CU-UP需要将同一UE bearer中的百分之多少的数据量分流到GTP-U1上传输,和/或,百分之多少的数据量分流到GTP-U2上传输。或者,该分流比例指示信息可以用于指示Donor CU-UP需要将同一UE bearer中的百分之多少的IP包打上DSCP1/flow label1值,和/或百分之多少的IP包打上DSCP2/flow label2值。In an optional design, if the Donor CU adopts the CP-UP separation architecture, the GTP tunnels (GTP-U1 and/or GTP-U2) of the per UE bearer are established at the access IAB node (IAB node 1 in Figure 17). DU part) and Donor CU-UP. In this case, Donor CU-CP needs to send to Donor CU-UP an offload ratio indication information for multipath transmission. The offload ratio indication information can be combined with the GTP tunnel identifier. Correspondingly, or, the offload ratio indication information may correspond to the path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID, which is used to indicate the percentage of the same UE bearer that Donor CU-UP needs to share The data volume is diverted to GTP-U1 for transmission, and/or what percentage of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U2 for transmission. Alternatively, the offload ratio indication information can be used to indicate that the Donor CU-UP needs to mark what percentage of the IP packets in the same UE bearer with the DSCP1/flow label1 value, and/or what percentage of the IP packets need to be marked with DSCP2/flow label2 value.
针对图17所示出的IAB系统的网络编码功能的部署和激活,为了让接收端UE能够对收到的编码数据包正确译码,Donor CU需要向UE发送一些网络编码相关的配置信息,该网络编码相关的配置信息可以携带在RRC消息中发给UE。其中,网络编码相关的配置信息包括以下一种或多种信息:For the deployment and activation of the network coding function of the IAB system shown in Figure 17, in order for the receiving end UE to correctly decode the received coded data packet, Donor CU needs to send some network coding-related configuration information to the UE. The configuration information related to network coding can be carried in an RRC message and sent to the UE. Among them, the configuration information related to network coding includes one or more of the following information:
-网络编码的类型,例如:Raptor Q码,或者,RLNC码等。-The type of network coding, for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
-执行网络编码的数据块大小,例如:Object的大小/长度。-The size of the data block for network coding, for example: the size/length of the object.
-执行网络编码的数据块切分成多少个源数据块,例如:Object中包含的block的个数。-How many source data blocks are divided into the data block for network coding, for example: the number of blocks contained in the Object.
-每个源数据块中包含的字符长度,例如:symbol的长度。-The length of the characters contained in each source data block, for example: the length of the symbol.
在一种可选设计中,UE一旦收到Donor CU发送的网络编码相关的控制信息,则默认下行方向的网络编码的功能被激活。In an optional design, once the UE receives the network coding-related control information sent by the Donor CU, the network coding function in the downlink direction is activated by default.
在另一种可选设计中,Donor CU给UE发送一个激活指示信息,用于指示下行方向的网络编码功能被激活,比如,该激活指示信息可用于指示UE需要对收到的下行传输的数据包进行网络译码后再发送到PDCP层处理。示例性的,该激活指示信息可以携带在RRC消息中发送给UE。针对上行和下行的网络编码功能可以使用一个激活指示信息来激活, 也可以分别使用两个激活指示信息来激活。In another optional design, the Donor CU sends an activation indication message to the UE to indicate that the network coding function in the downlink direction is activated. For example, the activation indication information can be used to indicate that the UE needs to respond to the received downlink data. After the packet is decoded by the network, it is sent to the PDCP layer for processing. Exemplarily, the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message and sent to the UE. The network coding functions for uplink and downlink can be activated by using one activation indication message, or can be activated by using two activation indication messages respectively.
示例性的,结合图17,对于上行传输方向,引入网络编码功能后的系统处理流程包括:Exemplarily, with reference to Figure 17, for the uplink transmission direction, the system processing flow after the introduction of the network coding function includes:
类似于下行方向,UE对其PDCP PDU进行网络编码后,将编码数据包发送到接入IAB节点(如图17中IAB节点1),IAB节点1将收到的编码数据包映射到对应的GTP隧道后生成IP包,并将IP包映射到不同的路径上发向Donor DU,由Donor DU将不同路径上收到的IP包发送到Donor CU。Donor CU将收到的IP包送到GTP-U层进行处理后获取到编码数据包,并对获取到的编码数据包进行译码后恢复出UE的PDCP PDU,然后将PDCP PDU送到PDCP层进行处理。Similar to the downlink direction, after the UE performs network encoding on its PDCP PDU, it sends the encoded data packet to the access IAB node (IAB node 1 in Figure 17), and IAB node 1 maps the received encoded data packet to the corresponding GTP After the tunnel, IP packets are generated, and the IP packets are mapped to different paths and sent to the Donor DU, and the Donor DU sends the IP packets received on the different paths to the Donor CU. Donor CU sends the received IP packet to the GTP-U layer for processing and then obtains the encoded data packet, decodes the obtained encoded data packet, and recovers the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then sends the PDCP PDU to the PDCP layer To process.
示例性的,结合图17所示的IAB系统,对于上行传输方向不同传输路径的分流决策,可以由Donor CU决定接入IAB节点(如图17中IAB节点1)的上行分流,即:Donor CU决定属于同一UE bearer的哪些IP包通过传输路径1发送,哪些IP包通过传输路径2发送。其中,在一种可选设计中,Donor CU为同一UE bearer在接入IAB节点(IAB节点1的DU部分)和Donor CU之间建立两个GTP隧道GTP-U1和GTP-U2,这两个GTP隧道对应于UE和IAB节点1之间的同一个UE DRB。Donor CU还可以为接入IAB节点配置这两个不同的GTP隧道和不同路径的映射关系,例如:将GTP-U 1映射到路径1上,通过IAB节点2进行上行传输,和/或,将GTP-U 2映射到传输路径2上,通过IAB节点3进行传输。Exemplarily, in conjunction with the IAB system shown in FIG. 17, for the offloading decisions of different transmission paths in the upstream transmission direction, the Donor CU may decide to access the upstream offloading of the IAB node (IAB node 1 in FIG. 17), namely: Donor CU Decide which IP packets belonging to the same UE bearer are sent through transmission path 1, and which IP packets are sent through transmission path 2. Among them, in an optional design, the Donor CU is the same UE bearer that establishes two GTP tunnels GTP-U1 and GTP-U2 between the access IAB node (the DU part of IAB node 1) and the Donor CU. The GTP tunnel corresponds to the same UE DRB between the UE and the IAB node 1. Donor CU can also configure the mapping relationship between these two different GTP tunnels and different paths for accessing IAB nodes, for example: map GTP-U 1 to path 1, perform uplink transmission through IAB node 2, and/or GTP-U 2 is mapped to transmission path 2, and is transmitted through IAB node 3.
在一种可选设计中,为了帮助接入IAB节点执行Donor CU的分流决策,Donor CU向接入IAB节点(图17中IAB节点1)发送一个用于指示不同路径上分流比例的指示信息,以便接入IAB节点获知从同一UE DRB上收到的百分之多少的数据量需要分流到GTP-U1上传输,和/或,百分之多少的数据量需要分流到GTP-U 2上传输。例如:该指示信息用于指示70%的数据量分流到GTP-U 1上传输,和/或,30%的数据量分流到GTP-U 2上传输;示例性的,该数据量指的是编码后的数据量。可选的,该分流比例指示信息可以与GTP隧道标识相对应,即:在GTP隧道建立过程中由Donor CU一起配置给接入IAB节点,或者,在GTP隧道建立后Donor CU根据传输路径的链路情况进行配置调整时配置给接入IAB节点;或者,该分流比例指示信息可以与路径信息相对应,其中,路径信息可以是Path ID,或者是Routing ID。示例性的,Donor CU可以将该分流比例指示信息携带在RRC消息中发送到接入IAB节点的MT,或者,携带在F1AP消息中发送到接入IAB节点的DU。In an optional design, in order to help the access IAB node perform the offload decision of the Donor CU, the Donor CU sends an indication message to the access IAB node (IAB node 1 in Figure 17) to indicate the offload ratio on different paths. So that the access IAB node knows what percentage of the data volume received from the same UE DRB needs to be diverted to GTP-U1 for transmission, and/or what percentage of the data volume needs to be diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission . For example: the indication information is used to indicate that 70% of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or 30% of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission; exemplarily, the data volume refers to The amount of data after encoding. Optionally, the offload ratio indication information can correspond to the GTP tunnel identifier, that is, the Donor CU is configured to the access IAB node during the GTP tunnel establishment process, or the Donor CU is based on the chain of the transmission path after the GTP tunnel is established. When the path condition is configured and adjusted, it is configured to the access IAB node; or, the offload ratio indication information may correspond to path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID. Exemplarily, the Donor CU may carry the offload ratio indication information in an RRC message and send it to the MT accessing the IAB node, or carry it in an F1AP message and send it to the DU accessing the IAB node.
在一种可选设计中,由Donor CU决定GTP隧道和路径的映射关系,但是数据分流比例由接入IAB节点自己决定,即:接入IAB节点从同一UE DRB上收到编码数据包后,该接入IAB节点自行决定百分之多少的数据量分流到GTP-U 1上传输,和/或,百分之多少的数据量分流到GTP-U 2上传输。可选的,接入IAB节点还可以根据在不同路径上发送数据的情况,自行调整编码数据包在不同路径上的发送比例。In an optional design, the Donor CU determines the mapping relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, but the data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node itself, that is, after the access IAB node receives the encoded data packet from the same UE DRB, The access IAB node decides on its own what percentage of the data volume is diverted to GTP-U 1 for transmission, and/or what percentage of data volume is diverted to GTP-U 2 for transmission. Optionally, the access IAB node can also adjust the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different paths by itself according to the conditions of sending data on different paths.
结合图17所示出的IAB系统,在另一种可选设计中,Donor CU可以为同一UE的bearer在接入IAB节点(如图17中IAB节点1的DU部分)和Donor CU之间仅建立1个GTP隧道GTP-U 1,这个GTP隧道与UE和IAB节点1之间的UE DRB一一对应。可选的,Donor CU还可以为接入IAB节点配置这个GTP隧道和不同路径的映射关系,例如:该GTP-U 1可以映射到传输路径1上,通过IAB节点2进行传输,和/或,该GTP-U 1可以映射到传输路径2上,通过IAB节点3进行传输。In combination with the IAB system shown in Figure 17, in another optional design, the Donor CU can be the same UE’s bearer when accessing the IAB node (the DU part of IAB node 1 in Figure 17) and the Donor CU. A GTP tunnel GTP-U 1 is established. This GTP tunnel corresponds to the UE DRB between the UE and the IAB node 1 in a one-to-one correspondence. Optionally, the Donor CU can also configure the mapping relationship between this GTP tunnel and different paths for the access IAB node. For example, the GTP-U 1 can be mapped to the transmission path 1, and transmitted through the IAB node 2, and/or, The GTP-U 1 can be mapped to the transmission path 2 and transmitted through the IAB node 3.
示例性的,为了帮助接入IAB节点执行Donor CU的分流决策,Donor CU还可以给接 入IAB节点发送用于指示不同传输路径上分流比例的指示信息,以便接入IAB节点获知从同一UE DRB上收到的百分之多少的数据量需要通过传输路径1传输,和/或,百分之多少的数据量需要通过传输路径2传输。例如:该指示信息用于指示70%的数据量通过传输路径1传输,和/或,30%的数据量通过路径2上传输。可选的,该指示信息与路径信息相对应,其中,路径信息可以是Path ID,或者是Routing ID。示例性的,Donor CU可以将该指示信息携带在RRC消息中发送到接入IAB节点的MT部分,或者,Donor CU可以将该指示信息携带在F1AP消息中发送到接入IAB节点的DU部分。Exemplarily, in order to help the access IAB node to perform the offload decision of the Donor CU, the Donor CU may also send indication information to the access IAB node for indicating the offload ratio on different transmission paths, so that the access IAB node can learn from the same UE DRB What percentage of the received data volume needs to be transmitted through transmission path 1, and/or, what percentage of the data volume needs to be transmitted through transmission path 2. For example: the indication information is used to indicate that 70% of the data volume is transmitted through the transmission path 1, and/or 30% of the data volume is transmitted through the path 2. Optionally, the indication information corresponds to path information, where the path information may be Path ID or Routing ID. Exemplarily, the Donor CU may carry the indication information in the RRC message and send it to the MT part that accesses the IAB node, or the Donor CU may carry the indication information in the F1AP message and send it to the DU part that accesses the IAB node.
在一种可选设计中,由Donor CU决定GTP隧道和路径的映射关系,但是数据分流比例由接入IAB节点自己决定,即:接入IAB节点从同一UE DRB上收到数据进行编码操作生成编码数据包后,自行决定百分之多少的数据量通过路径1传输,和/或,百分之多少的数据量通过路径2上传输。可选的,接入IAB节点还可以根据在不同路径上发送数据的情况,自行调整编码数据包在不同路径上的发送比例。In an optional design, the Donor CU determines the mapping relationship between the GTP tunnel and the path, but the data distribution ratio is determined by the access IAB node itself, that is, the access IAB node receives data from the same UE DRB and performs the encoding operation to generate After encoding the data packet, determine by itself what percentage of the data volume is transmitted through path 1, and/or, what percentage of the data volume is transmitted through path 2. Optionally, the access IAB node can also adjust the transmission ratio of encoded data packets on different paths by itself according to the conditions of sending data on different paths.
结合图17所示的IAB系统,在对该IAB系统中网络编码功能的部署和激活的设计中,示例性的,为了让发送端UE对上行待发送数据进行网络编码,Donor CU向UE发送网络编码相关的配置信息。该网络编码相关的配置信息可以包括以下一种或多种:In conjunction with the IAB system shown in Figure 17, in the design of the deployment and activation of the network coding function in the IAB system, for example, in order for the sending end UE to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent, Donor CU sends the network to the UE Encoding-related configuration information. The configuration information related to the network coding may include one or more of the following:
-网络编码的类型,例如:Raptor Q码,或者,RLNC码等。-The type of network coding, for example: Raptor Q code, or RLNC code, etc.
-执行网络编码的数据块大小,例如:Object的长度,单位为字节。-The size of the data block for network coding, for example: the length of the object, in bytes.
-执行网络编码的数据块切分成多少个源数据块,例如:Object中包含的block的个数,或者block的长度。-How many source data blocks are the data block for performing network coding divided into, for example: the number of blocks contained in the object, or the length of the block.
-每个源数据块中包含的字符长度,例如:symbol的长度,或者每个block中包含的symbol个数。-The length of the characters contained in each source data block, for example: the length of the symbol, or the number of symbols contained in each block.
示例性的,Donor CU可以将上述网络编码相关的配置信息携带在RRC消息中发送到UE。Exemplarily, the Donor CU may carry the foregoing network coding-related configuration information in an RRC message and send it to the UE.
在一种可选设计中,UE一旦收到donor CU发送的网络编码相关的配置信息,则默认UL网络编码的功能被激活。在另一种可选设计中,Donor CU可以给UE发送用于激活网络编码功能的指示信息,用于指示上行传输方向的网络编码功能被激活,具体的,该用于上行方向传输的激活指示信息可以指示UE对待发送的上行数据进行网络编码,该激活指示信息可以携带在RRC消息中发送给UE。针对上行方向传输和下行方向传输的网络编码功能可以使用同一个激活指示信息来激活,也可以分别使用两个激活指示信息来激活。In an optional design, once the UE receives the network coding-related configuration information sent by the donor CU, the function of the UL network coding is activated by default. In another optional design, the Donor CU may send indication information for activating the network coding function to the UE, which is used to indicate that the network coding function for the uplink transmission direction is activated. Specifically, the activation indication for the uplink transmission The information may instruct the UE to perform network coding on the uplink data to be sent, and the activation indication information may be carried in an RRC message and sent to the UE. The network coding function for uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be activated by using the same activation indication information, or can be activated by using two activation indication information respectively.
值得说明的是,用于上行传输的网络编码相关的配置信息和用于下行传输的网络编码相关的配置信息可以是一套信息,即上行传输和下行传输采用相同的网络编码配置信息,可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,用于上行传输方向的网络编码相关的配置信息和用于下行传输方向的网络编码相关的配置信息也可以互相独立的两套配置信息,即上行传输和下行传输分别采用不同的网络编码配置。It is worth noting that the configuration information related to network coding used for uplink transmission and the configuration information related to network coding used for downlink transmission can be a set of information, that is, the same network coding configuration information is used for uplink transmission and downlink transmission, which is understandable However, in the embodiment of this application, the configuration information related to network coding used in the uplink transmission direction and the configuration information related to network coding used in the downlink transmission direction may also be two independent sets of configuration information, namely, uplink transmission and downlink transmission. Use different network coding configurations respectively.
由上所述,结合图17所示出的本申请实施例,相比于现有技术的一个改进之处在于,本申请实施例在RAN侧的L2协议中引入网络编码功能,解决了在IAB系统中存在多连接场景的情况下,由于一条链路发生阻塞时导致数据传输可靠性降低的问题。,即通过分别在UE和Donor CU上引入网络编码功能,利用网络编码的特性(无论从哪条链路,只要收到足够多的编码数据包就能正确译码),从而提高IAB场景下的数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输的时延。From the above, in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application shown in FIG. 17, an improvement over the prior art is that the embodiment of the present application introduces the network coding function in the L2 protocol on the RAN side, which solves the problem of IAB In the case of multiple connections in the system, the reliability of data transmission is reduced due to the blockage of one link. , That is, by introducing network coding functions on the UE and Donor CU respectively, and using the characteristics of network coding (no matter which link, as long as enough coded data packets are received, it can be decoded correctly), thereby improving the performance in the IAB scenario. The reliability of data transmission reduces the time delay of data transmission.
值得说明的是,本实施例二的方案同样也适用于跨Donor DU的场景,示例性的,对于跨Donor DU的场景,UE、IAB节点1(接入IAB节点),IAB节点2,IAB节点3,IAB Donor DU1,IAB Donor DU2以及IAB Donor CU等网元构成具有两条传输链路的IAB通信系统,其中,传输路径1包括:UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点2-IAB Donor DU1-IAB Donor CU,传输路径2包括:UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点3-IAB Donor DU2-IAB Donor CU,网络编码的功能分别位于UE和IAB Donor CU上实现。该跨DonorDU场景适用的网络编码操作机制和流程,可参考本实施例二的描述,此处不再一一赘述。It is worth noting that the solution of the second embodiment is also applicable to cross-donor DU scenarios. For example, for cross-donor DU scenarios, UE, IAB node 1 (access to IAB node), IAB node 2, IAB node 3. Network elements such as IAB Donor DU1, IAB Donor DU2, and IAB Donor CU form an IAB communication system with two transmission links. Among them, transmission path 1 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU1-IAB Donor CU, transmission path 2 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3-IAB Donor DU2-IAB Donor CU, and network coding functions are implemented on UE and IAB Donor CU respectively. For the network coding operation mechanism and process applicable to the cross-DonorDU scenario, please refer to the description of the second embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
实施例三,主要对应前述应用3:网络编码功能分别在接入IAB节点和Donor CU上的执行进行详细描述。The third embodiment mainly corresponds to the aforementioned application 3: the execution of the network coding function on the access IAB node and the Donor CU respectively is described in detail.
本申请又一实施例如图18所示,图18为一种IAB系统引入网络编码功能的示意图,示出了UE,IAB节点1,IAB节点2,IAB节点3,Donor DU,Donor CU等网元,其中,在IAB节点1和Donor DU存在两条传输路径,其中,传输路径1中包括节点:IAB节点1,IAB节点2和Donor DU,传输路径2中包括:IAB节点1,IAB节点3和Donor DU。图18中所示出的各网元及其所包含的具体协议层的描述可参考前述实施例,比如图10,图17所示出的实施例的描述,此处不再一一赘述。Another embodiment of this application is shown in Figure 18. Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system introducing network coding functions, showing UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, Donor DU, Donor CU and other network elements Among them, there are two transmission paths between IAB node 1 and Donor DU. Among them, transmission path 1 includes nodes: IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and Donor DU, and transmission path 2 includes: IAB node 1, IAB node 3 and Donor DU. For the description of the network elements shown in FIG. 18 and the specific protocol layers contained therein, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, such as the description of the embodiments shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 17, which will not be repeated here.
和图10,图17所示出的实施例有所不同,在如图18所示的IAB系统中,网络编码功能分别在接入IAB节点和Donor CU上执行,也即,对下行传输而言,接入IAB节点将不同路径上收到的IP包送到GTP-U层进行处理并获取到编码数据包后,对编码数据包进行译码后恢复出UE的PDCP PDU,然后再将恢复出的PDCP PDU发送到UE,交给UE的PDCP层进行处理(比如,进行排序和/或重复包检测等操作)。也就是说,图17所示出的实施例中UE和接入IAB节点(图17中IAB节点1的DU部分)之间传输的是编码数据包,由UE对编码数据包进行译码后恢复出PDCP PDU。但是在图18所示出的实施例中,接入IAB节点对编码数据包进行译码后恢复出UE的PDCP PDU,然后再通过UE和接入IAB节点之间的接口发送给UE。The embodiment shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 17 is different. In the IAB system shown in FIG. 18, the network coding function is performed on the access IAB node and the Donor CU respectively, that is, for downlink transmission , The access IAB node sends the IP packets received on different paths to the GTP-U layer for processing and obtains the encoded data packet, decodes the encoded data packet, and restores the PDCP PDU of the UE, and then restores it. The PDCP PDU is sent to the UE and handed over to the PDCP layer of the UE for processing (for example, performing operations such as sorting and/or repeated packet detection). That is to say, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 17, the UE and the access IAB node (the DU part of IAB node 1 in FIG. 17) are transmitted with coded data packets, and the coded data packets are decoded by the UE and restored. Out PDCP PDU. However, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18, the access IAB node decodes the encoded data packet and recovers the PDCP PDU of the UE, which is then sent to the UE through the interface between the UE and the access IAB node.
本实施例可以沿用如图18所示出的实施例中所描述的方案,但一个不同之处在于,如图17所示出的实施例中,Donor CU将网络编码相关的配置信息都是发送给UE,但在本实施例中,这些信息需要发送给接入IAB节点,即:Donor CU为接入IAB节点配置per UE bearer的网络编码相关的信息。This embodiment can follow the solution described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18, but one difference is that in the embodiment shown in FIG. 17, Donor CU sends all configuration information related to network coding. To the UE, but in this embodiment, the information needs to be sent to the access IAB node, that is, the Donor CU configures the information related to the network coding of the per UE bearer for the access IAB node.
值得说明的是,本实施例三的方案同样也适用于跨Donor DU的场景,示例性的,对于跨Donor DU的场景,UE、IAB节点1(接入IAB节点),IAB节点2,IAB节点3,IAB Donor DU1,IAB Donor DU2以及IAB Donor CU等网元构成具有两条传输链路的IAB通信系统,其中,传输路径1包括:UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点2-IAB Donor DU1-IAB Donor CU,传输路径2包括:UE-IAB节点1-IAB节点3-IAB Donor DU2-IAB Donor CU,网络编码的功能分别位于接入IAB节点和IAB Donor CU上实现。示例性的,该跨DonorDU的场景适用的网络编码操作机制和流程,可参考本实施例三的描述,此处不再一一赘述。It is worth noting that the solution of the third embodiment is also applicable to the cross-donor DU scenario. For example, for the cross-donor DU scenario, UE, IAB node 1 (access to IAB node), IAB node 2, IAB node 3. Network elements such as IAB Donor DU1, IAB Donor DU2, and IAB Donor CU form an IAB communication system with two transmission links. Among them, transmission path 1 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 2-IAB Donor DU1-IAB Donor CU, transmission path 2 includes: UE-IAB node 1-IAB node 3-IAB Donor DU2-IAB Donor CU, and the function of network coding is implemented on the access IAB node and IAB Donor CU respectively. Exemplarily, for the network coding operation mechanism and process applicable to the cross-DonorDU scenario, please refer to the description of the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
由上,结合图18所示出的实施例,相比于现有技术中,网络编码的应用主要是在应用层,没有在RAN侧的应用,本实施例在RAN侧的L2协议中引入网络编码功能,主要解决了IAB多连接场景下,由于一条链路发生阻塞时导致数据传输可靠性降低的问题,同时避免对UE的改动,即通过分别在接入IAB节点和Donor CU上引入网络编码功能,利用网络编码的特性(无论从哪条链路,只要收到足够多的编码数据包就能正确译码),从而提 高IAB场景下的数据传输的可靠性,减少数据传输的时延。From the above, combined with the embodiment shown in FIG. 18, compared with the prior art, the application of network coding is mainly at the application layer, and there is no application at the RAN side. This embodiment introduces the network in the L2 protocol on the RAN side. The coding function mainly solves the problem of reducing the reliability of data transmission when one link is blocked in the IAB multi-connection scenario, while avoiding changes to the UE, that is, by introducing network coding on the access IAB node and Donor CU respectively The function uses the characteristics of network coding (no matter which link it is from, as long as enough coded data packets are received, it can be decoded correctly), thereby improving the reliability of data transmission in the IAB scenario and reducing the delay of data transmission.
本申请上述实施例主要以两跳回传链路为例进行说明,同理,本申请实施例的所有方案同样适用于多跳回传链路场景,即接入IAB节点和Donor DU之间的每条路径上可以至少存在2个IAB节点(除接入IAB节点之外)。The foregoing embodiments of this application mainly take a two-hop backhaul link as an example for description. Similarly, all the solutions in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to the scenario of a multi-hop backhaul link, that is, access between the IAB node and the Donor DU. There can be at least 2 IAB nodes on each path (except for the access IAB nodes).
实施例四Example four
图19为本申请又一实施例提供的一种IAB系统示意图,如图19所示,IAB网络中,IAB节点可以连接到至少一个父节点(例如图19中的IAB节点3),然后经由父节点连接到IAB宿主。若考虑IAB宿主为集中式单元(CU,Centralized Unit)和分布式单元(DU,Distributed Unit)分离的架构,IAB宿主(IAB Donor)可以包括IAB宿主CU(Donor CU),以及IAB宿主DU(Donor DU)部分。可选的,IAB宿主CU还可以是控制面(CP,control plane)和用户面(UP,user plane)分离的形态,这样IAB宿主CU包括IAB宿主CU-CP,以及IAB宿主CU-UP。由于IAB节点在回传链路上,也支持多连接,因此IAB节点可能会连接到一个或多个IAB宿主DU,进而经由一个或多个IAB宿主DU连接到IAB宿主CU。本申请实施例中的IAB节点可以直接连接到IAB宿主DU,或者经过一个/多个中间IAB节点连接到IAB宿主DU。例如图19中,IAB节点3经由中间IAB节点2连接到IAB宿主DU1,经由中间IAB节点1连接到IAB宿主DU2。又如,图19中的IAB节点1直接连接到IAB宿主DU2。IAB节点之间的无线链路可以为基于NR制式的无线回传链路。IAB宿主CU-CP和CU-UP之间的接口可以被称为E1接口,IAB宿主DU和IAB宿主CU之间的接口可以被称为F1接口,其中IAB宿主DU和IAB宿主CU-CP之间的接口可以被称为F1控制面(F1-C)接口,IAB宿主DU和IAB宿主CU-UP之间的接口可以被称为F1用户面(F1-U)接口。Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of an IAB system provided by another embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 19, in an IAB network, an IAB node can be connected to at least one parent node (for example, IAB node 3 in Fig. 19), and then pass through the parent node. The node is connected to the IAB host. If the IAB host is considered as a separate architecture for the centralized unit (CU, Centralized Unit) and the distributed unit (DU, Distributed Unit), the IAB host (IAB Donor) can include the IAB host CU (Donor CU) and the IAB host DU (Donor) DU) part. Optionally, the IAB host CU may also be in a form in which the control plane (CP, control plane) and the user plane (UP, user plane) are separated, so that the IAB host CU includes the IAB host CU-CP and the IAB host CU-UP. Since the IAB node also supports multiple connections on the backhaul link, the IAB node may connect to one or more IAB host DUs, and then connect to the IAB host CU via one or more IAB host DUs. The IAB node in the embodiment of the present application may be directly connected to the IAB host DU, or connected to the IAB host DU through one or more intermediate IAB nodes. For example, in FIG. 19, the IAB node 3 is connected to the IAB host DU1 via the intermediate IAB node 2, and is connected to the IAB host DU2 via the intermediate IAB node 1. For another example, the IAB node 1 in FIG. 19 is directly connected to the IAB host DU2. The wireless link between the IAB nodes may be a wireless backhaul link based on the NR standard. The interface between the IAB host CU-CP and the CU-UP can be called the E1 interface, the interface between the IAB host DU and the IAB host CU can be called the F1 interface, where the IAB host DU and the IAB host CU-CP The interface can be called the F1 control plane (F1-C) interface, and the interface between the IAB host DU and the IAB host CU-UP can be called the F1 user plane (F1-U) interface.
在一种可选设计中,IAB节点的DU部分需要先获取的IP地址,然后利用自己的IP地址与IAB宿主CU或其他网元(例如IAB节点的OAM服务器、安全网关SeGW(security gateway)等)通信,其中IAB宿主CU还可以具体包括IAB宿主CU-CP、IAB宿主CU-UP),由于IAB节点与IAB宿主CU或所述其他网元的基于IP层的通信需要经由其连接到的IAB宿主DU传输IP数据包,故IAB节点获取的IP地址需要与其连接到的IAB宿主DU有对应关系,该对应关系可以是指IAB节点的IP地址与IAB宿主DU的IP地址为同一网段,或者IAB节点的IP地址与IAB宿主DU的IP地址的网络前缀部分一致,或者IAB节点的IP地址是由IAB宿主DU分配的(例如,IAB节点的IP地址是由IAB宿主DU向地址服务器获取后分配的,或IAB节点的IP地址是由IAB宿主DU从其维护的IP地址资源池中分配的),如此可以保证IAB节点在需要接收来自IAB宿主CU或所述其他网元的IP层数据包时,这些IP层数据包会被转发给IAB节点连接到的IAB宿主DU,再经由该IAB宿主DU传输给IAB节点。相应的,IAB节点若要经由其连接的某个IAB宿主DU传输IP层数据包,若其选择的源IP地址不是与该IAB宿主DU有对应关系的IP地址,且IP层转发的中间节点(包括IAB donor DU)配置了一定的源IP地址过滤规则(例如只有指定网段的源IP地址的数据包可以被转发,其他的都会被丢弃),则这些IP层数据包可能无法通过在IP层转发的中间节点(包括IAB donor DU)所配置的源IP地址过滤规则,导致数据包在这些中间节点被丢弃。为了避免这一问题,本申请实施例考虑以下解决方案:In an optional design, the DU part of the IAB node needs to obtain the IP address first, and then use its own IP address to communicate with the IAB host CU or other network elements (such as the OAM server of the IAB node, the security gateway SeGW (security gateway), etc. ) Communication, where the IAB host CU may also specifically include IAB host CU-CP, IAB host CU-UP), because the IP layer-based communication between the IAB node and the IAB host CU or the other network elements needs to be connected to the IAB The host DU transmits IP data packets, so the IP address obtained by the IAB node needs to have a corresponding relationship with the IAB host DU it is connected to. The corresponding relationship may mean that the IP address of the IAB node and the IP address of the IAB host DU are in the same network segment, or The IP address of the IAB node is the same as the network prefix part of the IP address of the IAB host DU, or the IP address of the IAB node is allocated by the IAB host DU (for example, the IP address of the IAB node is obtained by the IAB host DU from the address server and allocated , Or the IP address of the IAB node is allocated by the IAB host DU from the IP address resource pool maintained by it), so that it can ensure that the IAB node needs to receive IP layer data packets from the IAB host CU or the other network elements , These IP layer data packets will be forwarded to the IAB host DU that the IAB node is connected to, and then transmitted to the IAB node via the IAB host DU. Correspondingly, if an IAB node wants to transmit an IP layer data packet via an IAB host DU it is connected to, if the source IP address it selects is not an IP address corresponding to the IAB host DU, and the intermediate node forwarded by the IP layer ( Including IAB donor DU) is configured with certain source IP address filtering rules (for example, only the data packets with the source IP address of the specified network segment can be forwarded, and the others will be discarded), then these IP layer data packets may not pass at the IP layer The source IP address filtering rules configured by the forwarding intermediate nodes (including IAB donor DU) cause data packets to be discarded at these intermediate nodes. In order to avoid this problem, the following solutions are considered in the embodiments of this application:
在一种可选设计中,IAB宿主CU为IAB节点提供用于源IP地址选择的映射规则, 该映射规则用于指定IAB节点自己的一个IP地址,与以下任意一项或多项的映射关系:指定的BAP层地址;指定的BAP层的路由标识(BAP routing ID);或者,IAB节点与IAB宿主CU之间的F1接口用户面数据包的通用分组无线服务隧道协议(general packet radio service tunneling protocol,简称GTP)隧道信息;或者,IAB节点与IAB宿主CU之间的F1接口控制面(F1-C)数据包的类型信息;或者IAB节点与IAB宿主CU之间传输的非F1接口(non-F1)数据包的类型信息。In an optional design, the IAB host CU provides the IAB node with a mapping rule for source IP address selection. The mapping rule is used to specify a mapping relationship between an IAB node's own IP address and any one or more of the following : The designated BAP layer address; the designated BAP routing ID (BAP routing ID); or, the general packet radio service tunneling protocol (general packet radio service tunneling) of the F1 interface user plane data packet between the IAB node and the IAB host CU protocol, GTP for short) tunnel information; or, the F1 interface control plane (F1-C) data packet type information between the IAB node and the IAB host CU; or the non-F1 interface (non-F1 interface) transmitted between the IAB node and the IAB host CU -F1) Type information of the data packet.
示例性的,所述指定的BAP层地址(BAP address),为上行传输的目标节点,即IAB宿主节点(具体可以是例如IAB宿主CU,或者IAB宿主DU)。所述指定的BAP层的路由标识,用于标识从IAB节点到一个指定的IAB宿主DU的传输路径。可选的,该指定的BAP层的路由标识,包含IAB宿主节点的BAP层地址,以及到IAB宿主节点的传输路径标识(BAP path ID)。进一步可选的,该IAB节点的BAP层地址,用于识别该指定的IAB宿主DU。所述IAB节点与IAB宿主CU之间的F1接口用户面GTP隧道协议隧道信息,可以为GTP TEID+IP地址。示例性的,GTP TEID是指IAB宿主CU(具体可以是IAB宿主CU-UP)为IAB节点服务的终端设备的数据无线承载(DRB)分配的GTP隧道的隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,简称TEID),IP地址为IAB宿主CU(具体可以是IAB宿主CU-UP)的IP地址。所述IAB节点与IAB宿主CU之间的F1接口控制面数据包的类型信息具体可以是UE相关(UE-associated)的F1AP消息类型或者UE无关(non UE-associated)的F1AP消息类型。Exemplarily, the designated BAP address (BAP address) is a target node of uplink transmission, that is, an IAB host node (specifically, it may be, for example, an IAB host CU or an IAB host DU). The designated route identifier of the BAP layer is used to identify the transmission path from the IAB node to a designated IAB host DU. Optionally, the designated BAP layer routing identifier includes the BAP layer address of the IAB host node and the transmission path identifier (BAP path ID) to the IAB host node. Further optionally, the BAP layer address of the IAB node is used to identify the designated IAB host DU. The GTP tunnel protocol tunnel information on the user plane of the F1 interface between the IAB node and the IAB host CU may be GTP TEID+IP address. Exemplarily, GTP TEID refers to the tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID for short) of the GTP tunnel allocated by the IAB host CU (specifically, the IAB host CU-UP) for the data radio bearer (DRB) of the terminal device served by the IAB node ), the IP address is the IP address of the IAB host CU (specifically, it may be the IAB host CU-UP). The type information of the F1 interface control plane data packet between the IAB node and the IAB host CU may specifically be a UE-associated F1AP message type or a UE-independent (UE-associated) F1AP message type.
可选的,IAB宿主CU可以利用控制面消息(例如F1AP消息,或者RRC消息)向IAB节点发送所述用于源IP地址选择的映射规则。基于该映射规则,在IAB节点需要发送一个上行数据包时,可以根据该上行数据包将被添加的BAP层路由标识选择合适的源IP地址;或者,若该上行数据包为F1接口控制面数据包,则可以根据该上行数据包所属于的类型为UE相关的F1AP消息类型还是UE无关的F1AP消息类型选择合适的源IP地址,或者该上行数据包为F1接口用户面的数据包,则可以根据该上行数据包中的GTP隧道信息选择合适的源IP地址;或者,若该上行数据包为非F1接口类型的数据包,则可选择在映射规则中与非F1接口类型对应的IP地址为源IP地址。利用该映射规则选择出的合适的IP地址,即为与指定的IAB宿主DU对应的IP地址,IAB节点使用该IP地址作为源IP地址发送上行数据包,即可避免数据包在IP层转发的节点中被因为源IP地址过滤准则不满足被丢弃的问题。Optionally, the IAB host CU may use a control plane message (for example, an F1AP message or an RRC message) to send the mapping rule for source IP address selection to the IAB node. Based on this mapping rule, when the IAB node needs to send an uplink data packet, it can select the appropriate source IP address according to the BAP layer routing identifier to be added to the uplink data packet; or, if the uplink data packet is F1 interface control plane data Packet, you can select the appropriate source IP address according to whether the uplink data packet belongs to the UE-related F1AP message type or the UE-independent F1AP message type, or the uplink data packet is a data packet on the F1 interface user plane, then you can Select the appropriate source IP address according to the GTP tunnel information in the upstream data packet; or, if the upstream data packet is a data packet with a non-F1 interface type, you can select the IP address corresponding to the non-F1 interface type in the mapping rule as Source IP address. The appropriate IP address selected by the mapping rule is the IP address corresponding to the designated IAB host DU. The IAB node uses this IP address as the source IP address to send uplink data packets, which can avoid data packets being forwarded at the IP layer. The node was discarded because the source IP address filtering criteria did not meet the problem.
基于本申请实施例四的方案,可以使得接入IAB节点传输上行数据包时,根据其获取的源IP地址选择的映射规则,为上行数据包选择合适的源IP地址用于发送该上行数据包,避免数据包在IP层转发的节点中被因为源IP地址过滤准则不满足被丢弃的问题。Based on the solution of the fourth embodiment of the present application, when an access IAB node transmits an uplink data packet, it can select an appropriate source IP address for the uplink data packet to send the uplink data packet according to the mapping rule selected by the source IP address it obtains , To avoid the problem of data packets being discarded because the source IP address filtering criteria are not met in the nodes forwarded by the IP layer.
上文结合图1至图19,详细描述了本申请实施例提供的系统侧或者方法侧实施例,下面将结合图20和图21,描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The foregoing describes in detail the system-side or method-side embodiments provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to FIGS. 1 to 19, and the following describes the device embodiments of the present application with reference to FIGS. 20 and 21. It should be understood that the description of the method embodiment and the description of the device embodiment correspond to each other, and therefore, the parts that are not described in detail may refer to the previous method embodiment.
如图20所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置2000的结构示意图。该装置2000可以对应上述方法实施例中描述的UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU。或者,也可以是应用于上述UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU中的芯片或硬件组件。As shown in FIG. 20, it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of this application. The apparatus 2000 can correspond to the UE described in the foregoing method embodiment, and access an IAB node (such as the IAB node 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU. Or, it can also be applied to the aforementioned UE to access the IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU chip or hardware components .
该装置2000中各模块或单元可分别用于执行上述系统或方法实施例中UE,接入IAB节点(IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU所分别执行的各操作或处理过程。比如,该装置2000包括收发单元2010和处理单元2020,处理单元2020用于执行以上方法侧实施例中UE,接入IAB节点(IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU所分别执行的操作或处理过程,收发单元2010用于在处理单元2020的驱动下执行必要的具体信息收发和交互,以达到如前述系统或方法侧实施例所描述的相应技术效果。该装置2000还可以包括必要的存储单元,以存储实施前述方法侧实施例所需的计算机程序或指令。应理解,处理单元2020可由一个或多个处理器,或者由芯片系统实现。收发单元2010可以由收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路实现。存储单元可以是存储器。Each module or unit in the device 2000 can be used to execute the UE in the above system or method embodiment, and access the IAB node (IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or each operation or processing performed by Donor CU. For example, the device 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2010 and a processing unit 2020. The processing unit 2020 is used to execute the UE in the above method side embodiment and access the IAB node (IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1 ), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU respectively perform operations or processing procedures. The transceiver unit 2010 is used to perform the necessary specific information transceiver and interaction under the driving of the processing unit 2020, so as to achieve the implementation of the aforementioned system or method side The corresponding technical effects described in the example. The device 2000 may also include a necessary storage unit to store computer programs or instructions required to implement the foregoing method-side embodiments. It should be understood that the processing unit 2020 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by a chip system. The transceiver unit 2010 may be implemented by a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit may be a memory.
如图21所示,本申请实施例提供的又一类型通信装置2100,该装置2100可以包括至少一个处理器2110,还可以包括收发器2130,收发器2130可以是接口电路或者输入输出电路,该装置2100还可以包括存储器2120,该装置2100不包括存储器2120时,该存储器2120为外置存储器,上述处理器2110,收发器2130和存储器2120可以通过通信线路耦合。该装置2100可以对应上述系统或方法实施例中描述的UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB节点,IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU。或者,也可以是应用于UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB节点,IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU中的芯片或硬件组件。As shown in FIG. 21, another type of communication device 2100 provided by an embodiment of the present application may include at least one processor 2110, and may also include a transceiver 2130. The transceiver 2130 may be an interface circuit or an input/output circuit. The device 2100 may further include a memory 2120. When the device 2100 does not include the memory 2120, the memory 2120 is an external memory. The aforementioned processor 2110, transceiver 2130, and memory 2120 may be coupled through a communication line. The device 2100 can correspond to the UE described in the foregoing system or method embodiment, and access an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, Or Donor CU. Or, it can also be applied to UE, access to IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU chip or Hardware components.
在该通信装置2100中,该存储器2120中存储计算机指令,该至少一个处理器2110执行该计算机指令,以使得该装置2100实施以上系统或方法侧实施例中UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB节点,IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU所分别执行的操作或处理过程。In the communication device 2100, the memory 2120 stores computer instructions, and the at least one processor 2110 executes the computer instructions, so that the device 2100 implements the UE in the above system or method side embodiment and accesses an IAB node (such as an IAB node). 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1), the operation or processing performed by the IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU, respectively.
还应理解,以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。这里该处理元件又可以称为处理器,可以是一种具有信号处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should also be understood that the division of the units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. In addition, the units in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function. Here, the processing element may also be called a processor, and may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In an example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits. For another example, when the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
应理解,本申请实施例中,处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, DSPs, ASICs, FPGAs or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates, or Transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。The above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (For example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
在另一种实现中,以上方法侧实施例中UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB节点,IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU实现以上方法实施例中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于网络设备的基带装置上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,一个或者多个通用应用处理器,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, in the above method-side embodiment, the UE accesses an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1 or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB node, IAB Donor, Donor DU, or The unit of Donor CU that implements each step in the above method embodiments may be configured as one or more processing elements. These processing elements are set on the baseband device of the network equipment. The processing elements here may be integrated circuits, for example: one or more One ASIC, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, one or more general-purpose application processors, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
以上涉及的网元中实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统的形式实现,例如,基带装置包括该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。In the above-mentioned network elements, the units that implement the steps in the above methods can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-chip. For example, the baseband device includes the SOC chip for implementing the above methods.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:上述的UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB节点,IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU中的一个或多个。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system. The communication system includes: the aforementioned UE, which accesses an IAB node (such as the IAB node 1 or the DU part of the IAB node 1 or the MT part of the IAB node 1), the IAB node, and the IAB One or more of Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序包括用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请实施例对此不做限制。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,以使得执行上述实施例中UE,接入IAB节点(如IAB节点1或者IAB节点1的DU部分或者IAB节点1的MT部分),IAB Donor,Donor DU,或者Donor CU各自相应的操作。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the UE in the foregoing embodiment is executed to access an IAB node (such as IAB node 1 or the DU part of IAB node 1). Or the MT part of IAB node 1), IAB Donor, Donor DU, or Donor CU respectively corresponding operations.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. The processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication device executes any of the methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
可选地,上述本申请实施例中提供的任意一种通信装置可以包括该系统芯片。Optionally, any communication device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦,分别设置在不同的物理设备上,通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能,以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者,该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions. Types of static storage devices, RAM, etc. Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the foregoing may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the programs of the foregoing communication method. The processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in. Alternatively, the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
本申请中出现的术语“上行”和“下行”,用于在特定场景描述数据/信息传输的方向,比如,“上行”方向一般是指数据/信息从终端向网络侧传输的方向,或者分布式单元向集中式单元传输的方向,“下行”方向一般是指数据/信息从网络侧向终端传输的方向,或者集中式单元向分布式单元传输的方向,可以理解,“上行”和“下行”仅用于描述数据/信息的传输方向,该数据/信息传输的具体起止的设备都不作限定。The terms "uplink" and "downlink" appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario. For example, the "uplink" direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side. The direction of transmission from the centralized unit to the centralized unit. The "downlink" direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction in which the centralized unit transmits to the distributed unit. It can be understood that "uplink" and "downlink" "It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission, and the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名,可以理解的是,这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定,所赋名称可随着场景,语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更,对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解,应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。Various messages/information/equipment/network elements/systems/devices/actions/operations/processes/concepts and other objects that may appear in this application are given names. It is understandable that these specific names are not It constitutes a limitation on related objects. The assigned name can be changed according to factors such as the scene, context or usage habits. The understanding of the technical meaning of the technical terms in this application should mainly be based on the function embodied/performed in the technical solution And technical effects to determine.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,该单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
该作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may also be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
该功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例该方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取。If this function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以该权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily conceive of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application, which shall cover Within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (37)

  1. 一种网络编码方法,所述方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,所述IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,所述IAB Donor包括宿主分布式单元Donor DU和宿主集中式单元Donor CU,所述方法包括:A network coding method, the method is applied to the access backhaul integrated IAB network, the IAB network includes the IAB host node IAB Donor and the access IAB node, the IAB Donor includes the host distributed unit Donor DU and the host centralized Donor CU, the method includes:
    所述Donor DU对来自所述Donor CU的用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包;The Donor DU performs a network encoding operation on the data from the user equipment of the Donor CU to generate an encoded data packet;
    所述Donor DU将所述编码数据包发向所述接入IAB节点。The Donor DU sends the encoded data packet to the access IAB node.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor DU接收来自于所述Donor CU的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:The Donor DU receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information:
    网络编码的类型;Type of network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块的大小;The size of the data block for network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,The number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and,
    每个源数据块包含的字符长度。The length of characters contained in each source data block.
  3. 如权利要求1-2中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor DU接收来自于所述Donor CU的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于激活所述Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,以便于所述Donor DU执行所述网络编码操作。The Donor DU receives first indication information from the Donor CU, where the first indication information is used to activate a network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that the Donor DU can perform the network coding operation.
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor DU接收来自于所述Donor CU的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括:所述编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,所述编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;The Donor DU receives second indication information from the Donor CU, where the second indication information includes: the transmission ratio of the coded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or, the coded data packet is on the transmission path 2 transmission ratio;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述Donor DU,第一IAB节点和所述接入IAB节点,所述传输路径2包括节点:所述Donor DU,第二IAB节点和所述接入IAB节点。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, a first IAB node and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, a second IAB node and the access IAB node.
  5. 如权利要求1-3中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor DU根据下行传输路径的传输情况,确定所述编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,所述编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;The Donor DU determines the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2 according to the transmission condition of the downlink transmission path;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述Donor DU,第一IAB节点和所述接入IAB节点,所述传输路径2包括节点:所述Donor DU,第二IAB节点和所述接入IAB节点。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, a first IAB node and the access IAB node, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, a second IAB node and the access IAB node.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor DU接收所述Donor CU发送的所述下行传输路径的传输情况,所述下行传输路径的传输情况包括:The Donor DU receives the transmission status of the downlink transmission path sent by the Donor CU, and the transmission status of the downlink transmission path includes:
    所述传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,Any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 1: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or,
    所述传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。Any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size.
  7. 如权利要求4-6中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:8. The network coding method according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor DU接收来自于所述Donor CU的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息,所述服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息对应,所述至少一个路径信息包括:所述传输路径1的信息,和/或,所述传输路径2的信息。The Donor DU receives second configuration information from the Donor CU, where the second configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information, the quality of service information corresponds to at least one path information, and the at least one path The information includes: information of the transmission path 1 and/or information of the transmission path 2.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述服务质量信息包括:区分服务编码点DSCP,和/或,数据流标签Flow Label;所述路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。The network coding method according to claim 7, wherein the quality of service information includes: a differentiated service coding point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label; the path information includes: a path identifier Path ID, and /Or, Routing ID.
  9. 如权利要求1-8中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述网络编码操作在所述Donor DU执行BAP加头操作之前执行。8. The network coding method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the network coding operation is performed before the Donor DU performs the BAP adding operation.
  10. 一种网络编码方法,所述方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,所述IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor,所述宿主节点包括宿主集中式单元Donor CU和宿主分布式单元Donor DU,所述方法包括:A network coding method, the method is applied to access and backhaul integrated IAB network, the IAB network includes an IAB host node IAB Donor, and the host node includes a host centralized unit Donor CU and a host distributed unit Donor DU, The method includes:
    所述Donor CU向所述Donor DU发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述Donor DU对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,以生成编码数据包并将所述编码数据包发向所述IAB网络中的接入IAB节点。The Donor CU sends first configuration information to the Donor DU, where the first configuration information is used to configure the Donor DU to perform a network encoding operation on the data of the user equipment to generate an encoded data packet, and the encoded data packet It is sent to the access IAB node in the IAB network.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:The network coding method according to claim 10, wherein the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information:
    网络编码的类型;Type of network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块的大小;The size of the data block for network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,The number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and,
    每个源数据块包含的字符长度。The length of characters contained in each source data block.
  12. 如权利要求10或11所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述Donor DU发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于激活所述Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,以便于所述Donor DU执行所述网络编码操作。The Donor CU sends first indication information to the Donor DU, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that the Donor DU can perform the network coding operation.
  13. 如权利要求10-12中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述Donor DU发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括所述编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,所述编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;The Donor CU sends second indication information to the Donor DU, where the second indication information includes the transmission ratio of the coded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or, the transmission of the coded data packet on the transmission path 2 Proportion;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述Donor DU,第一IAB节点和所述接入IAB节点;所述传输路径2包括节点:所述Donor DU,第二IAB节点和所述接入IAB节点。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the first IAB node, and the access IAB node; the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the Donor DU, the second IAB node, and the access IAB node.
  14. 如权利要求10-12中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述Donor DU发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括服务质量信息和至少一个路径信息,所述服务质量信息和所述至少一个路径信息对应,所述至少一个路径信息包括:传输路径1的信息,和/或,传输路径2的信息。The Donor CU sends second configuration information to the Donor DU, where the second configuration information includes quality of service information and at least one path information, the quality of service information corresponds to the at least one path information, and the at least one path The information includes: information of transmission path 1 and/or information of transmission path 2.
  15. 如权利要求10-14中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 10-14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU接收来自于所述接入IAB节点的下行数据发送状态DDDS信息,所述DDDS信息包括路径信息及以下信息中的任一种或多种:传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。The Donor CU receives downlink data transmission status DDDS information from the access IAB node, where the DDDS information includes path information and any one or more of the following information: transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer the size of.
  16. 如权利要求14或15所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述服务质量信息包括:区分服务编码点DSCP,和/或,数据流标签Flow Label;所述路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。The network coding method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the quality of service information includes: a differentiated service code point DSCP, and/or a data flow label Flow Label; and the path information includes: Path ID , And/or, Routing ID.
  17. 如权利要求10-16中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 10-16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述接入IAB节点发送所述第一配置信息。The Donor CU sends the first configuration information to the access IAB node.
  18. 如权利要求10-17中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 10-17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述接入IAB节点发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于激活 所述接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,以便于所述接入IAB节点对接收的所述网络编码包进行译码处理。The Donor CU sends third indication information to the access IAB node, where the third indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can respond to all received information. The network code packet is decoded.
  19. 一种网络编码方法,所述方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,所述IAB网络包括接入IAB节点和IAB宿主节点IAB Donor,所述IAB Donor包括宿主分布式单元Donor DU和集中式单元Donor CU,所述方法包括:A network coding method, said method is applied to access backhaul integrated IAB network, said IAB network includes access IAB node and IAB host node IAB Donor, said IAB Donor includes host distributed unit Donor DU and centralized Unit Donor CU, the method includes:
    所述接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,生成编码数据包;The access IAB node performs a network encoding operation on the data of the user equipment to generate an encoded data packet;
    所述接入IAB节点将所述编码数据包通过所述Donor DU发向所述Donor CU。The access IAB node sends the encoded data packet to the Donor CU through the Donor DU.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to claim 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入IAB节点接收来自于所述Donor CU的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:The access IAB node receives first configuration information from the Donor CU, where the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information:
    网络编码的类型;Type of network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块的大小;The size of the data block for network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,The number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and,
    每个源数据块包含的字符长度。The length of characters contained in each source data block.
  21. 如权利要求19-20中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 19-20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入IAB节点接收来自于所述Donor CU的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于激活所述接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,以便于所述接入IAB节点执行所述网络编码操作。The access IAB node receives first indication information from the Donor CU, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can perform all the operations. Describe the network coding operation.
  22. 如权利要求19-21中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:22. The network coding method according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入IAB节点接收来自于所述Donor CU的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括:所述编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,所述编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;The access IAB node receives second indication information from the Donor CU, where the second indication information includes: the transmission ratio of the coded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or, the coded data packet is Transmission ratio of transmission path 2;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和所述Donor DU,所述传输路径2包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和所述Donor DU。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node, and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node, and the Donor DU.
  23. 如权利要求19-21中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:22. The network coding method according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入IAB节点根据上行传输路径的传输情况,确定所述编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,所述编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;The access IAB node determines the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1 and/or the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 2 according to the transmission condition of the uplink transmission path;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和所述Donor DU,所述传输路径2包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和所述Donor DU。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node, and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node, and the Donor DU.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method of claim 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入IAB节点接收所述Donor CU发送的所述上行传输路径的传输情况,所述上行传输路径的传输情况包括:The access IAB node receives the transmission status of the uplink transmission path sent by the Donor CU, and the transmission status of the uplink transmission path includes:
    所述传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,Any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 1: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or,
    所述传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小。Any one or more of the following information of the transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size.
  25. 如权利要求22-24中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 22-24, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入IAB节点接收来自于所述Donor CU的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括通用分组无线业务隧道协议(GTP)隧道信息和至少一个路径信息,所述GTP隧道信息和至少一个路径信息对应,所述至少一个路径信息包括:所述传输路径1的路径信息,和 /或,所述传输路径2的路径信息,所述GTP隧道建立在所述接入IAB节点和所述Donor CU之间,与所述用户设备的一个承载对应。The access IAB node receives second configuration information from the Donor CU, where the second configuration information includes General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel information and at least one path information, and the GTP tunnel information and at least Corresponding to one path information, the at least one path information includes: path information of the transmission path 1, and/or path information of the transmission path 2, and the GTP tunnel is established between the access IAB node and the Between donors and CUs, it corresponds to a bearer of the user equipment.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述GTP隧道信息包括:IP地址,和,GTP隧道端点标识;所述路径信息包括:路径标识Path ID,和/或,路由标识Routing ID。The network coding method according to claim 25, wherein the GTP tunnel information includes: IP address, and, GTP tunnel endpoint identification; the path information includes: Path ID, and/or, routing identification ID.
  27. 如权利要求19-26中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述网络编码操作在所述接入IAB节点执行BAP加头操作之前执行。The network coding method according to any one of claims 19-26, wherein the network coding operation is performed before the access IAB node performs the BAP adding operation.
  28. 一种网络编码方法,所述方法应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,所述IAB网络包括IAB宿主节点IAB Donor和接入IAB节点,所述IAB Donor包括宿主集中式单元Donor CU和宿主分布式单元Donor DU,所述方法包括:A network coding method, said method is applied to access backhaul integrated IAB network, said IAB network includes IAB host node IAB Donor and access IAB node, and said IAB Donor includes donor centralized unit Donor CU and host distribution Donor DU, the method includes:
    所述Donor CU向所述接入IAB节点发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述接入IAB节点对用户设备的数据进行网络编码操作,以生成编码数据包并将所述编码数据包通过所述Donor DU发向所述Donor CU。The Donor CU sends first configuration information to the access IAB node, where the first configuration information is used by the access IAB node to perform network coding operations on user equipment data to generate coded data packets and send the The encoded data packet is sent to the Donor CU through the Donor DU.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括如下中任一种或多种信息:The network coding method according to claim 28, wherein the first configuration information includes any one or more of the following information:
    网络编码的类型;Type of network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块的大小;The size of the data block for network coding;
    执行网络编码的数据块被分割成源数据块的数量;以及,The number of data blocks that perform network coding is divided into source data blocks; and,
    每个源数据块包含的字符长度。The length of characters contained in each source data block.
  30. 如权利要求28或29所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述接入IAB节点发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于激活所述接入IAB节点的网络编码操作功能,以便于所述接入IAB节点执行所述网络编码操作。The Donor CU sends first indication information to the access IAB node, where the first indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the access IAB node, so that the access IAB node can execute the network Encoding operation.
  31. 如权利要求28-30中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 28-30, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述接入IAB节点发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息包括所述编码数据包在传输路径1的传输比例,和/或,所述编码数据包在传输路径2的传输比例;The Donor CU sends second indication information to the access IAB node, where the second indication information includes the transmission ratio of the encoded data packet on the transmission path 1, and/or, the encoded data packet is on the transmission path 2. Transmission ratio;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和所述Donor DU,所述传输路径2包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和所述Donor DU。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node, and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node, and the Donor DU.
  32. 如权利要求28-30中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 28-30, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述接入IAB节点发送上行数据发送状态信息,所述上行数据发送状态信息信息包括:The Donor CU sends uplink data transmission status information to the access IAB node, and the uplink data transmission status information includes:
    传输路径1的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;和/或,Any one or more of the following information of transmission path 1: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size; and/or,
    传输路径2的以下信息中的任一种或多种:路径信息,传输数据速率,传输数据量以及接收缓存的大小;Any one or more of the following information of transmission path 2: path information, transmission data rate, transmission data volume, and receiving buffer size;
    其中,所述传输路径1包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第一IAB节点和所述Donor DU,所述传输路径2包括节点:所述接入IAB节点,第二IAB节点和所述Donor DU。Wherein, the transmission path 1 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the first IAB node, and the Donor DU, and the transmission path 2 includes nodes: the access IAB node, the second IAB node, and the Donor DU.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to claim 32, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU接收来自于所述Donor DU发送的所述上行数据发送状态信息。The Donor CU receives the uplink data transmission status information sent from the Donor DU.
  34. 如权利要求28-33中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 28-33, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述Donor DU发送所述第一配置信息。The Donor CU sends the first configuration information to the Donor DU.
  35. 如权利要求28-34中任一所述的网络编码方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The network coding method according to any one of claims 28-34, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述Donor CU向所述Donor DU发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于激活所述Donor DU的网络编码操作功能,以便于所述Donor DU对接收的所述网络编码包进行译码操作。The Donor CU sends third indication information to the Donor DU, where the third indication information is used to activate the network coding operation function of the Donor DU, so that the Donor DU can interpret the received network coding packet. Code operation.
  36. 一种通信装置,应用于接入回传一体化IAB网络,其特征在于,所述装置包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合;A communication device applied to access to an integrated backhaul IAB network, characterized in that the device includes at least one processor, and the at least one processor is coupled with at least one memory;
    所述至少一个处理器,用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求10至18中任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求19至27中任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求28至35中任一项所述的方法。The at least one processor is configured to execute a computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or causes the communication The device executes the method according to any one of claims 10 to 18, or causes the communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 19 to 27, or causes the communication device to execute the method according to claim 28 The method of any one of to 35.
  37. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求10至18中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求19至27中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求28至35中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, it executes as described in any one of claims 1 to 9 The method described above, or execute the method according to any one of claims 10 to 18, or execute the method according to any one of claims 19 to 27, or execute any one of claims 28 to 35 The method described.
PCT/CN2021/076399 2020-02-14 2021-02-09 Network coding method and communication apparatus WO2021160140A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010093527.9 2020-02-14
CN202010093527.9A CN113271176B (en) 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Network coding method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021160140A1 true WO2021160140A1 (en) 2021-08-19

Family

ID=77227328

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/076399 WO2021160140A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2021-02-09 Network coding method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113271176B (en)
WO (1) WO2021160140A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023150997A1 (en) * 2022-02-11 2023-08-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023246557A1 (en) * 2022-06-21 2023-12-28 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116074759A (en) * 2021-10-29 2023-05-05 华为技术有限公司 Method for negotiating network coding between network elements and communication device
WO2023123335A1 (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2023123336A1 (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2023130231A1 (en) * 2022-01-04 2023-07-13 富士通株式会社 Iab node device, iab donor device, and topological regression method
CN116033484B (en) * 2023-03-27 2023-06-27 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 Method, device, equipment and medium for shunting transmission of data packet in IAB network

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102404078A (en) * 2011-12-14 2012-04-04 电子科技大学 Method for realizing network encoding in LTE-A (Long Term Evolution-Advanced)
CN107211033A (en) * 2014-12-31 2017-09-26 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus of data transfer
US20190182809A1 (en) * 2016-08-17 2019-06-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method and apparatus, and data processing method and apparatus

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101567755B (en) * 2009-05-25 2012-01-04 北京理工大学 Network coding method based on fountain codes
CN102075292A (en) * 2011-01-10 2011-05-25 北京理工大学 Fountain network coding method
CN110475368B (en) * 2018-05-10 2022-12-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Information transmission method and device
CN110475381B (en) * 2018-05-11 2021-09-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system
US20200045610A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus of updating routing table of an iab (integrated access backhaul) node in a wireless communication system
US11134397B2 (en) * 2018-08-01 2021-09-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for selecting backhaul nodes for connecting to an integrated access and backhaul network

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102404078A (en) * 2011-12-14 2012-04-04 电子科技大学 Method for realizing network encoding in LTE-A (Long Term Evolution-Advanced)
CN107211033A (en) * 2014-12-31 2017-09-26 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus of data transfer
US20190182809A1 (en) * 2016-08-17 2019-06-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method and apparatus, and data processing method and apparatus

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "Network coding for Release 17 IAB", 3GPP DRAFT; RP-192206_NETWORK CODING FOR IAB, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. TSG RAN, no. Newport Beach, U.S.A; 20190916 - 20190920, 15 September 2019 (2019-09-15), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 9, XP051779435 *
ZTE, SANECHIPS: "Views on Rel-17 IAB", 3GPP DRAFT; RP-192577, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. TSG RAN, no. Sitges, Spain; 20191209 - 20191212, 2 December 2019 (2019-12-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051834225 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023150997A1 (en) * 2022-02-11 2023-08-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023246557A1 (en) * 2022-06-21 2023-12-28 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113271176B (en) 2024-04-12
CN113271176A (en) 2021-08-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021160140A1 (en) Network coding method and communication apparatus
US11510131B2 (en) Configuration method, data transmission method, and apparatus
JP7303833B2 (en) Information transmission method and device
US10412650B2 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and system
EP3764736A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
RU2508611C2 (en) Radio bearer identification for self backhauling and relaying in advanced lte
US11432346B2 (en) Wireless communications system, base station, and mobile station
KR101473010B1 (en) Method of providing circuit switched(cs) service using high-speed downlink packet access(hsdpa) or high-speed uplink packet access(hsupa)
US9219537B2 (en) Method and system for transmitting information in relay communication network
WO2016173076A1 (en) Data transfer method and system, and ue having relay function
CN110581778A (en) Routing method, BSR generation method, device and storage medium
CN113826364A (en) Method and apparatus for cooperative communication of sidelink
CN116744247A (en) Wireless communication system, mobile station, and wireless communication device
WO2017216510A1 (en) Providing service data flow description
CN111148163A (en) Communication method and device
WO2021062803A1 (en) Data packet transmission method and device
WO2020164557A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2021204260A1 (en) Internet protocol version ipv6-based wireless network communication method, and communication device
WO2021185058A1 (en) Relay communication method and related device
US9860786B1 (en) Efficient backhaul for relay nodes
WO2022140959A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2023123336A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023123335A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023123515A1 (en) Data processing method, terminal device, and network device
CN114631394A (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21753715

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21753715

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1